WO2017221684A1 - Joining method - Google Patents

Joining method Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2017221684A1
WO2017221684A1 PCT/JP2017/020872 JP2017020872W WO2017221684A1 WO 2017221684 A1 WO2017221684 A1 WO 2017221684A1 JP 2017020872 W JP2017020872 W JP 2017020872W WO 2017221684 A1 WO2017221684 A1 WO 2017221684A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
metal member
joining
friction
auxiliary
metal
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2017/020872
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
堀 久司
伸城 瀬尾
Original Assignee
日本軽金属株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from JP2016121683A external-priority patent/JP6662210B2/en
Priority claimed from JP2016186433A external-priority patent/JP2018051563A/en
Priority claimed from JP2016239275A external-priority patent/JP6809182B2/en
Priority claimed from JP2017000452A external-priority patent/JP2018108595A/en
Priority claimed from JP2017011000A external-priority patent/JP2018118275A/en
Application filed by 日本軽金属株式会社 filed Critical 日本軽金属株式会社
Priority to CN201780005943.5A priority Critical patent/CN108430687B/en
Publication of WO2017221684A1 publication Critical patent/WO2017221684A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B23MACHINE TOOLS; METAL-WORKING NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • B23KSOLDERING OR UNSOLDERING; WELDING; CLADDING OR PLATING BY SOLDERING OR WELDING; CUTTING BY APPLYING HEAT LOCALLY, e.g. FLAME CUTTING; WORKING BY LASER BEAM
    • B23K20/00Non-electric welding by applying impact or other pressure, with or without the application of heat, e.g. cladding or plating
    • B23K20/12Non-electric welding by applying impact or other pressure, with or without the application of heat, e.g. cladding or plating the heat being generated by friction; Friction welding

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a joining method in which metal members are friction stir welded together.
  • Patent Documents 1 and 2 disclose a technique in which metal members are butted in a T shape when viewed from the front, and the butted portion is friction stir welded.
  • a rotating tool is inserted from the surface side of the second metal member, and the butted portion is friction stir welded.
  • Patent Document 3 discloses a technique for performing friction stir welding of a butted portion by inserting only a stirring pin of a rotating tool into inner corners of metal members vertically butted.
  • the conventional rotary tool of the friction stir welding method does not include a shoulder portion, and only the stirring pin of the rotary tool is inserted into the inner corner, so that the friction stir can be performed up to a deep position of the butt portion.
  • the conventional technique is a form in which the first metal member is inserted into the concave groove of the second metal member, there is a problem that the positions of the metal members are shifted in the longitudinal direction of the first metal member during friction stir welding. Moreover, at the time of friction stir welding, there exists a possibility that it may leave
  • an object of the present invention is to provide a joining method that can reduce the load applied to the friction stirrer and has a high degree of design freedom. Moreover, this invention makes it a subject to provide the joining method which can improve the joining precision while reducing the load concerning a friction stirrer, and can make the thermal strain of each metal member small. Moreover, this invention makes it a subject to provide the joining method which can eliminate the metal shortage of an inner corner, when carrying out friction stir welding of the inner corner of metal members.
  • the present invention is a joining method for joining a first metal member and a second metal member using a rotary tool provided with a stirring pin, and includes an end face of the first metal member, A butting step of butting the back surface of the second metal member to form a butting portion, an arrangement step of placing an auxiliary member at a position corresponding to the first metal member on the surface of the second metal member, and rotation
  • the stirring pin was inserted from the surface side of the auxiliary member, and only the stirring pin was brought into contact with the second metal member and the auxiliary member, or the first metal member, the second metal member, and the auxiliary member.
  • a friction stir process in which the abutting portion is friction stir welded by relatively moving the rotary tool in a state.
  • the friction stir welding is performed in a state where only the stirring pin is in contact with the second metal member and the auxiliary member, or the first metal member, the second metal member and the auxiliary member.
  • the load on the friction stirrer can be reduced.
  • the width of the plasticized region can be reduced.
  • the auxiliary member can also be friction stir welded to prevent metal shortage at the joint.
  • a removing step of removing the auxiliary member on which the burr is formed from the second metal member it is preferable to include a removing step of removing the auxiliary member on which the burr is formed from the second metal member. According to this joining method, the burr can be easily removed together with the auxiliary member.
  • the stirring pin in the center of the auxiliary member. According to this joining method, the rotating tool can be easily inserted into the auxiliary member.
  • the auxiliary member is placed only on one side with respect to the joining reference line, and in the friction stirring step, It is preferable to set a joining condition so that the burr is generated in the auxiliary member.
  • burrs can be concentrated on the auxiliary member arranged only on one side with respect to the joining reference line, the burrs can be more easily removed.
  • the auxiliary member is arranged to straddle the joining reference line in the placement step and the friction stirring step, and the joining reference line
  • the burr is generated in the auxiliary member on one side, and the arrangement position and joining conditions of the auxiliary member are set so that the auxiliary member does not remain on the other side after the friction stirring step.
  • the present invention only includes an abutting step in which an end face of the plate-like first metal member and an underside of the plate-like second metal member are abutted to form an abutting portion, and an agitating pin of a rotating tool for temporary bonding that rotates.
  • abutting step in which an end face of the plate-like first metal member and an underside of the plate-like second metal member are abutted to form an abutting portion, and an agitating pin of a rotating tool for temporary bonding that rotates.
  • the metal members are temporarily spot-joined in the provisional joining step, the metal members can be separated from each other and misalignment can be prevented during the main joining step. Thereby, joining accuracy can be raised. Moreover, since only the stirring pin is inserted into each metal member in both the main joining step and the temporary joining step, the amount of heat input can be reduced, and the thermal strain of each metal member can be reduced. Moreover, since only the stirring pin is inserted into each metal member in both the main joining step and the temporary joining step, the load on the friction stirrer can be reduced.
  • the rotary tool for temporary joining and the rotary tool for main joining are the same. According to this joining method, it is not necessary to replace the rotary tool during the temporary joining step and the main joining step, so that the working efficiency can be improved.
  • the present invention also includes a butting step of butting the end surface of the plate-shaped first metal member and the back surface of the plate-shaped second metal member to form a butting portion, the first metal member, and the second metal member.
  • a temporary joining step for performing spot temporary joining by welding along an inner corner constituted by the above, and a rotating tool for main joining to be rotated is inserted from the surface side of the second metal member, and the rotating tool for main joining is agitated.
  • the rotational tool for relative welding is relatively moved to friction stir weld the butt portion. And a main joining step.
  • the metal members are temporarily spot-joined in the provisional joining step, the metal members can be separated from each other and misalignment can be prevented during the main joining step. Thereby, joining accuracy can be raised.
  • spot temporary bonding is performed in the temporary bonding process, and only the stirring pin is inserted into each metal member in the main bonding process. Therefore, the amount of heat input can be reduced, and the thermal strain of each metal member can be decreased.
  • the load concerning a friction stirring apparatus can be made small.
  • the welding is preferably TIG welding, MIG welding or laser welding.
  • the present invention provides a butt portion by inserting the end surface of the plate-like second metal member into the groove of the first metal member having a plate shape and having a groove on the back surface, and butting the end surface against the bottom surface of the groove.
  • the inner corners are friction stir welded in contact with the material, and the stir pin is only the first metal member or both the first metal member and the second metal member in the butt friction friction stir step.
  • the butt portion is friction stir welded in a state in which the butt portion is brought into contact with.
  • the auxiliary member is disposed in the inner corner, and the friction stir welding of the inner corner is performed via the auxiliary member.
  • the friction stir welding is performed at the inner corner, it is possible to prevent the first metal member and the second metal member from being displaced or separated from each other during the abutting portion friction stirring step.
  • spacing of a 1st metal member and a 2nd metal member can be prevented.
  • the thickness of the portion of the first metal member where the concave groove is formed is thinner than the thickness of the other portion. .
  • Bonding can be performed.
  • the stirring pin of the rotating tool is inserted from the surface of the first metal member, and only the stirring pin is only the first metal member, or the first metal member and the first metal member.
  • the butt portion is preferably friction stir welded while being in contact with both of the two metal members.
  • the rotating tool has a shoulder portion having a cylindrical shape and an agitating pin depending from the shoulder portion, and the diameter of the shoulder portion is set smaller than the width of the concave groove. It is preferable.
  • a removing step of removing the auxiliary member on which the burr is formed from the first metal member or the second metal member is preferable to include a removing step of removing the auxiliary member on which the burr is formed from the first metal member or the second metal member.
  • the joining conditions of the rotating tool it is preferable to set the joining conditions of the rotating tool so that burrs generated in the friction stir welding are formed on the auxiliary member. Thereby, a burr
  • the present invention provides a plate-like end surface of the first metal member that has a notched corner on the back surface and a plate-shaped end surface of the third metal member that has a notched corner on the back surface.
  • An auxiliary member is disposed at an inner corner formed by the back surface of the first metal member and the side surface of the second metal member, and is formed by the back surface of the third metal member and the side surface of the second metal member.
  • the inner corner is friction stir welded, and in the butt friction friction stir step, the stir pin is only the first metal member and the third metal member, or the first metal member, the third metal member and the first The first butted portion and the second butted portion are friction stir welded while being in contact with a bimetallic member.
  • the auxiliary member is disposed in the inner corner, and the friction stir welding of the inner corner is performed via the auxiliary member.
  • the friction stir welding is performed at the inner corner, the positions of the first metal member and the second metal member and the third metal member and the second metal member at the time of the butt portion friction stirring step Deviation and separation can be prevented.
  • spacing of a 1st metal member, a 2nd metal member, and a 3rd metal member can be prevented.
  • groove is formed is thinner than the plate
  • this invention is a joining method which joins a 1st metal member and a 2nd metal member using the rotary tool provided with the stirring pin, Comprising: The said ditch
  • the friction stir welding is performed in a state where only the stirring pin is in contact with the second metal member and the auxiliary member, or the first metal member, the second metal member and the auxiliary member.
  • the load on the friction stirrer can be reduced.
  • the width of the plasticized region can be reduced.
  • the auxiliary member can also be friction stir welded to prevent metal shortage at the joint.
  • a removing step of removing the auxiliary member on which the burr is formed from the second metal member it is preferable to include a removing step of removing the auxiliary member on which the burr is formed from the second metal member. According to this joining method, the burr can be easily removed together with the auxiliary member.
  • the stirring pin in the center of the auxiliary member. According to this joining method, the rotating tool can be easily inserted into the auxiliary member.
  • the auxiliary member is placed only on one side with respect to the joining reference line, and in the friction stirring step, It is preferable to set a joining condition so that the burr is generated in the auxiliary member.
  • the present invention is a joining method for joining a first metal member, a second metal member, and a third metal member using a rotary tool equipped with a stirring pin,
  • the end surface of the second metal member that has a shape and has a corner on the back side cut out, and the end surface of the third metal member that has a plate shape and has a corner on the back side cut out to form a groove and a first butt A step of forming a second abutting portion by forming a second abutting portion by inserting an end surface of the plate-like first metal member into the concave groove and abutting the end surface against the bottom surface of the concave groove; And arranging the auxiliary member at a position corresponding to the first metal member among the surfaces of the third metal member, and inserting the stirring pin of the rotary tool from the surface side of the auxiliary member, Are moved relative to each other along the groove, and the first A friction stirring step of friction stir welding the mating portion and the second but
  • the stirring pin is in contact with the second metal member, the third metal member and the auxiliary member, or the second metal member, the third metal member, the first metal member and the auxiliary member. Since the friction stir welding is performed, the load applied to the friction stirrer can be reduced as compared with the prior art. Moreover, since only the stirring pin is inserted, the width of the plasticized region can be reduced. Thereby, since the plate
  • the end surface of the first metal member is inserted into the groove formed by abutting the second metal member and the third metal member and the end surface is abutted against the bottom surface of the groove, Position shift between the second metal member and the third metal member can be prevented.
  • a removing step of removing the auxiliary member on which the burr is formed from the second metal member and the third metal member it is preferable to include a removing step of removing the auxiliary member on which the burr is formed from the second metal member and the third metal member. According to this joining method, the burr can be easily removed together with the auxiliary member.
  • the stirring pin in the center of the auxiliary member. According to this joining method, the rotating tool can be easily inserted into the auxiliary member.
  • the auxiliary member is arranged only on one side with respect to the first butting portion, and in the friction stirring step, a joining condition is set so that the burr is generated in the auxiliary member. preferable.
  • burrs can be concentrated on the auxiliary member arranged only on one side with respect to the first butting portion, the burrs can be more easily removed.
  • the auxiliary member is arranged so as to straddle the first abutting portion, and the burr is generated in the auxiliary member on one side with respect to the first abutting portion, And it is preferable to set the arrangement
  • this invention inserts the end surface of a plate-shaped 1st metal member in the said ditch
  • a temporary bonding step for performing spot temporary bonding along the inner corner and a rotating tool for main bonding to be rotated are inserted from the surface side of the second metal member and the third metal member, and the rotating tool for main bonding is performed. Only the stirring pin of the second metal member and the third metal member, The first butting portion and the second butting portion are friction stir welded by relatively moving the main welding rotary tool in contact with the first metal member, the second metal member and the third metal member. And a main joining step.
  • the metal members are temporarily spot-joined in the provisional joining step, the metal members can be separated from each other and misalignment can be prevented during the main joining step. Thereby, joining accuracy can be raised. Moreover, since only the stirring pin is inserted into each metal member in both the main joining step and the temporary joining step, the amount of heat input can be reduced, and the thermal strain of each metal member can be reduced. Moreover, since only the stirring pin is inserted into each metal member in both the main joining step and the temporary joining step, the load on the friction stirrer can be reduced.
  • the rotary tool for temporary joining and the rotary tool for main joining are the same. According to this joining method, it is not necessary to replace the rotary tool during the temporary joining step and the main joining step, so that the working efficiency can be improved.
  • this invention inserts the end surface of a plate-shaped 1st metal member in the said ditch
  • the present invention provides a plate-like end surface of the second metal member that has a notched corner on the back surface and a plate-shaped end surface of the third metal member that has a notched corner on the back surface.
  • the rotating tool for main joining to be rotated is inserted from the surface side of the second metal member and the third metal member, and only the stirring pin of the rotating tool for main joining is inserted into the second metal member and the third metal member.
  • first metal member, the second metal member and the third Said rotary tool for the joint in a state in contact with the genus members are relatively moved, characterized in that it comprises, a main bonding step of friction stir welding said first abutting portion and the second abutting section.
  • the metal members are temporarily spot-joined in the provisional joining step, the metal members can be separated from each other and misalignment can be prevented during the main joining step. Thereby, joining accuracy can be raised.
  • spot temporary bonding is performed in the temporary bonding process, and only the stirring pin is inserted into each metal member in the main bonding process. Therefore, the amount of heat input can be reduced, and the thermal strain of each metal member can be decreased.
  • the load concerning a friction stirring apparatus can be made small.
  • the welding is preferably TIG welding, MIG welding or laser welding.
  • first metal member 1 and the second metal member 2 are butted in a T shape in front view and joined by friction stirring.
  • a butt process, an arrangement process, a friction stirring process, and a removal process are performed.
  • the “front surface” in the description means a surface opposite to the “back surface”.
  • the placement step is a step of placing the auxiliary member 10 as shown in FIG.
  • the auxiliary member 10 is a plate-shaped metal member.
  • board thickness of the auxiliary member 10 is set to the thickness which does not generate
  • the auxiliary member 10 is formed of the same material as the first metal member 1 and the second metal member 2.
  • the auxiliary member 10 is arranged at a position corresponding to the first metal member 1 on the surface 2 b of the second metal member 2.
  • the surface 2b of the second metal member 2 and the back surface 10b of the auxiliary member 10 are in surface contact.
  • positioning process which concerns on this embodiment, it arrange
  • the friction stirring step is a step of inserting the rotating tool F rotating from the surface 10a side of the auxiliary member 10 and friction stir welding the butt portion J1.
  • the rotary tool F includes a connecting portion F1 and a stirring pin F2.
  • the connection part F1 is a part attached to a friction stirrer (not shown) and has a cylindrical shape.
  • the stirring pin F2 hangs down from the connecting part F1, and is coaxial with the connecting part F1.
  • the stirring pin F2 is tapered as it is separated from the connecting portion F1.
  • a spiral groove is formed on the outer peripheral surface of the stirring pin F2. In the present embodiment, in order to rotate the rotary tool F to the right, the spiral groove is formed in a counterclockwise direction from the proximal end toward the distal end.
  • the spiral groove clockwise as it goes from the proximal end to the distal end.
  • the metal plastically fluidized during friction stirring is guided to the tip side of the stirring pin F2 by the spiral groove.
  • the quantity of the metal which overflows outside the to-be-joined metal member (the 1st metal member 1, the 2nd metal member 2, and the auxiliary member 10) can be decreased.
  • the stirring pin F2 rotated right from the surface 10a of the auxiliary member 10 is inserted.
  • the rotating tool along the abutting portion J1 from the near side to the far side in FIG. 2 with the stirring pin F2 and the first metal member 1, the second metal member 2, and the auxiliary member 10 in contact with each other.
  • friction stirring is performed with the base end side of the stirring pin F2 exposed.
  • the rotation center axis C of the rotary tool F is set to a position passing through the center of the first metal member 1 in the plate thickness direction.
  • a plasticizing region W1 is formed on the movement locus of the rotary tool F.
  • the insertion depth of the stirring pin F ⁇ b> 2 may be set as appropriate, but in the present embodiment, the stirring pin F ⁇ b> 2 is set so as to contact the first metal member 1.
  • the stirring pin F2 may be brought into contact with the second metal member 2 and the auxiliary member 10 to perform friction stir welding.
  • the butt portion J1 is plastically fluidized and joined by frictional heat between the second metal member 2 and the stirring pin F2.
  • a burr V is formed on the surface 10 a of the auxiliary member 10.
  • the removal step is a step of removing the auxiliary member 10 from the second metal member 2 as shown in FIG.
  • the both ends of the auxiliary member 10 are turned up, and the auxiliary member 10 is cut off so as to be bent at the groove D.
  • the concave groove D is a portion that is deeply buried in the plasticized region W1.
  • a cutting tool or the like may be used, but in this embodiment, the removal process is performed manually.
  • the stirring pin F2 is brought into contact with the first metal member 1, the second metal member 2, and the auxiliary member 10, or the second metal member 2 and the auxiliary member 10. Since the friction stir welding is performed in the above state, the load on the friction stirrer can be reduced as compared with the prior art. Thereby, even if the plate
  • the width of the plasticizing region W1 can be reduced.
  • board thickness of the 1st metal member 1 can also be made small, the freedom degree of design of the 1st metal member 1 can be raised.
  • the auxiliary member 10 is also friction stir welded, and as shown in FIG. 4, the metal shortage of a junction part (plasticization area
  • the removing step since the burr V can be removed together with the auxiliary member 10, the surface 2b of the second metal member 2 can be finished finely without performing a separate burr removing operation. Moreover, in the friction stirring process of this embodiment, since the rotation tool F is inserted from the center part of the surface 10a of the auxiliary member 10, the insertion operation of the rotation tool F can be performed easily.
  • the joining method according to the second embodiment of the present invention will be described.
  • a butting process, an arranging process, a friction stirring process, and a removing process are performed.
  • the joining method according to the second embodiment is different from the first embodiment in the arrangement position of the auxiliary member 10.
  • the joining method according to the second embodiment will be described with a focus on the differences from the first embodiment.
  • the end surface 1 a of the first metal member 1 and the back surface 2 c of the second metal member 2 are butted together to form a butting portion J1 as in the first embodiment.
  • joining reference line X is a position where the plastic fluid material does not flow out from the inner corners of the side surfaces 1b, 1c of the first metal member 1 and the back surface 2c of the second metal member 2 in the friction stirring step described later. What is necessary is just to set suitably.
  • the friction stirring step inserts the rotation center axis C of the rotating tool F rotated to the right in a position overlapping the joining reference line X, and rotates the rotating tool F from the near side to the far side in FIG. Is a step of friction stir welding the butt portion J1.
  • the friction stirring step as in the first embodiment, only the stirring pin F2 of the rotary tool F is brought into contact with the first metal member 1, the second metal member 2, and the auxiliary member 10, or the second metal member 2 and Friction stir welding is performed with the auxiliary member 10 in contact.
  • the auxiliary member 10 of the second metal member 2 is not disposed on the shear side of the rotating tool F (advancing side: the side on which the moving speed of the rotating tool is added to the tangential speed on the outer periphery of the rotating tool).
  • the moving direction and rotating direction of the rotary tool F are set so as to be on the side.
  • the rotation direction and the traveling direction of the rotary tool F are not limited to those described above, and may be set as appropriate.
  • the shear side is more plastic fluid than the flow side (retreatingreside: the side where the moving speed of the rotary tool is subtracted from the tangential speed on the outer periphery of the rotary tool). Since the temperature tends to rise, many burrs V tend to be generated on the shear side outside the plasticized region W1.
  • the rotational speed of the rotary tool F is fast, the temperature of the plastic fluidized material increases on the shear side, but a larger amount of burr V is generated on the flow side outside the plasticizing region W1 because the rotational speed is faster. There is a tendency.
  • the side where the burr V is generated in the traveling direction of the rotary tool F depends on the joining conditions.
  • the joining conditions include the rotational speed, rotational direction, moving speed (feeding speed) of the rotary tool F, the inclination angle (taper angle) of the stirring pin F2, and the metal members to be joined (first metal member 1, second metal member 2). And the material of the auxiliary member 10), the thickness of the metal member to be joined, etc., and the combination of these elements. It is preferable to set the side where the burrs V are generated or the side where a large amount of burrs V is generated to be the auxiliary member 10 side according to the joining conditions because the removal step described later can be easily performed.
  • the removal step is a step of removing the auxiliary member 10 from the second metal member 2.
  • the auxiliary member 10 is removed by being bent as in the first embodiment.
  • the joining method according to the second embodiment described above substantially the same effect as that of the first embodiment can be obtained.
  • the auxiliary member 10 is arranged on one side with respect to the joining reference line X, and in the friction stirring process, the joining conditions are set so that burrs V are generated on the auxiliary member 10 side.
  • flash V can be concentrated on the auxiliary member 10 arrange
  • flash V can be removed easily.
  • the butted portion J1 is formed by butting the end surface 1a of the first metal member 1 and the back surface 2c of the second metal member 2 as in the first embodiment.
  • the joining reference line X is set at a position overlapping the center of the first metal member 1 in the plate thickness direction.
  • the auxiliary member 10 is arranged on the surface 2b of the second metal member 2 on the other side with respect to the joining reference line X, while the side surface 10c of the auxiliary member 10 is slightly on one side with respect to the joining reference line X.
  • the auxiliary member 10 is disposed so as to protrude.
  • the thickness of the auxiliary member 10 and the distance from the joining reference line X to the side surface 10c are such that a metal shortage does not occur in the joining portion (plasticization region W1) in the friction stirring process described later, and one side after the friction stirring process.
  • the auxiliary member 10 is appropriately set so as not to remain.
  • the rotation center axis C of the rotating tool F rotated counterclockwise is inserted at a position overlapping the joining reference line X, and the rotating tool F is moved from the near side to the far side in FIG. 9.
  • the friction stirring step as in the first embodiment, only the stirring pin F2 of the rotary tool F is brought into contact with the first metal member 1, the second metal member 2, and the auxiliary member 10, or the second metal member 2 and Friction stir welding is performed with the auxiliary member 10 in contact.
  • burrs V tend to be formed on the flow side of the auxiliary member 10.
  • the auxiliary member 10 is removed from the second metal member 2.
  • the auxiliary member 10 is bent and the auxiliary member 10 is removed from the second metal member 2.
  • the auxiliary member 10 is arranged on the other side with respect to the joining reference line X, and the side surface 10c of the auxiliary member 10 is slightly protruded on the one side. Further, in the friction stirring step, the auxiliary member 10 and the burr V do not remain on one side of the surface 2b of the second metal member 2 while the butt joint J1 is friction stir welded, and the burr V is generated on the auxiliary member 10 side.
  • the joining conditions are set as follows.
  • a joining method according to a fourth embodiment of the present invention will be described in detail with reference to the drawings.
  • the first metal member 1 and the second metal member 2 are butted in a T shape and joined.
  • the joining method according to the present embodiment performs a butt process, a temporary joining process, and a main joining process.
  • the first metal member 1 is a plate-like metal member.
  • the material of the first metal member 1 is appropriately selected from metals capable of friction stir such as aluminum, aluminum alloy, copper, copper alloy, titanium, titanium alloy, magnesium, magnesium alloy and the like.
  • the second metal member 2 is a plate-like metal member.
  • the material of the second metal member 2 may be appropriately selected from the metals that can be frictionally stirred, but is preferably the same material as that of the first metal member 1.
  • the plate thicknesses of the first metal member 1 and the second metal member 2 may be set as appropriate.
  • the butting step is a step of butting the end surface 1a of the first metal member 1 and the back surface 2c of the second metal member 2 in a T-shaped cross section.
  • the butt portion J1 is formed by the butt process.
  • the temporary joining step is a step of spot-joining the inner corners of the first metal member 1 and the second metal member 2 using a rotary tool (temporary joining rotary tool) F as shown in FIG.
  • the first inner corner (inner corner) constituted by the side surface 1b of the first metal member 1 and the back surface 2c of the second metal member 2, and the side surface 1c of the first metal member 1 and the second metal member 2 are used. Is inserted into the second inner corner (inner corner) composed of the back surface 2c of the rotating tool F while inclining the rotation center axis thereof.
  • the friction stir welding is intermittently performed along the abutting portion J1 while the stirring pin F2 is inserted shallowly into the inner corner.
  • the plasticized region W0 is intermittently formed by the temporary joining process.
  • a tab material temporary joining step is performed in which the tab material T is temporarily joined to the end surface on the one end side of the second metal member 2.
  • the thickness of the tab material T is the same as the thickness of the second metal member 2.
  • the back surface Tb of the tab material T and the back surface 2c of the second metal member 2 are flush with each other, and the surface Ta and the surface 2b of the second metal member 2 are flush with each other.
  • the tab material temporary joining step the tab material T and the second metal member 2 are temporarily joined using the rotary tool F.
  • the friction stir welding is performed in a state where the connecting portion F1 is separated from the second metal member 2, that is, the base end side of the stirring pin F2 is exposed.
  • the stirring pin F2 is arranged so that the tip of the stirring pin F2 reaches the first metal member 1, that is, the stirring pin F2, the first metal member 1, and the second metal member 2 are in contact with each other. Set the insertion depth.
  • the insertion depth of the stirring pin F2 may be set so that the stirring pin F2 contacts only the second metal member 2.
  • the butt portion J1 is plastically fluidized and joined by frictional heat between the stirring pin F2 and the second metal member 2.
  • a burr removing process for removing burrs formed in the plasticized region W2 may be performed. Thereby, the surface 2b of the 2nd metal member 2 can be finished finely.
  • the first metal member 1 and the second metal member 2 are spot-temporarily bonded to each other in the temporary bonding step. And misalignment can be prevented. Thereby, joining accuracy can be raised. Moreover, since only the stirring pin F2 is inserted into each metal member in both the main joining step and the temporary joining step, the amount of heat input can be reduced, and the thermal strain of each metal member can be reduced. In particular, in the temporary bonding step, by performing spot temporary bonding, the amount of heat input can be reduced and the bonding time can also be shortened.
  • the load applied to the friction stirrer can be reduced.
  • the butted portion J1 located at a deep position can be joined. That is, since it can join even when the plate
  • the temporary bonding rotary tool used in the temporary bonding process and the main bonding rotating tool used in the main bonding process may be different from each other, but by using the rotary tool F as in the present embodiment, There is no need to change the rotating tool in each process. Thereby, joining work can be performed efficiently.
  • a joining method according to another embodiment of the present invention will be described.
  • a butt process, a temporary bonding process, and a main bonding process are performed. Since the butting process and the main bonding process according to other embodiments are common to the above-described embodiments, the description thereof is omitted.
  • the metal members are joined so as to have a T-shaped cross section, but may be joined so as to have a substantially L-shaped cross section.
  • a joining method according to a fifth embodiment of the present invention will be described in detail with reference to the drawings.
  • the first metal member 101 and the second metal member 102 are butted in a T shape and joined.
  • the joining method according to the present embodiment performs a butting step, an auxiliary member arranging step, an inner corner friction stirring step, an auxiliary member removing step, and a butting portion friction stirring step.
  • the first metal member 101 is a plate-like metal member.
  • the material of the first metal member 101 is appropriately selected from metals capable of friction stir such as aluminum, aluminum alloy, copper, copper alloy, titanium, titanium alloy, magnesium alloy, magnesium alloy and the like.
  • a concave groove 103 having a rectangular cross section including a bottom surface 103a and side walls 103b and 103b is formed.
  • the concave groove 103 is extended in the extending direction of the first metal member 101.
  • the second metal member 102 is a plate-like metal member.
  • the plate thickness dimension of the second metal member 102 is set to be equal to or smaller than the width of the concave groove 103 so that the second metal member 102 fits into the concave groove 103.
  • the material of the second metal member 102 may be appropriately selected from the metals that can be frictionally stirred, but is preferably the same material as the first metal member 101.
  • the butting process is a process in which the first metal member 101 and the second metal member 102 are butted in a T shape when viewed from the front.
  • the second metal member 102 is fitted into the concave groove 103 of the first metal member 101, and the end surface 102 c of the second metal member 102 is butted against the bottom surface 103 a of the concave groove 103.
  • the butted portion J11 (see FIG. 16) is formed by butting the bottom surface 103a of the concave groove 103 of the first metal member 101 and the end surface 102c of the second metal member 102. Further, on both sides of the second metal member 102, a first inner corner S11 (see FIG.
  • the first inner corner S ⁇ b> 11 is a corner formed by the back surface 101 a of the first metal member 101 and the side surface 102 a of the second metal member 102.
  • the second inner corner S ⁇ b> 12 is a corner composed of the back surface 101 a of the first metal member 101 and the side surface 102 b of the second metal member 102.
  • the auxiliary member arranging step is a step of arranging auxiliary members 111 and 112 at the first inner corner S11 and the second inner corner S12 formed by the first metal member 101 and the second metal member 102. is there.
  • the auxiliary members 111 and 112 are plate-like metal members.
  • the auxiliary members 111 and 112 are made of the same material as the first metal member 101 and the second metal member 102.
  • the back surface 101a of the first metal member 101 and the front surface 111b of the auxiliary member 111 are brought into surface contact, and the end 111c is brought into contact with the side surface 102a of the second metal member 102.
  • the back surface 101 a of the first metal member 101 and the front surface 112 b of the auxiliary member 112 are brought into surface contact, and the end portion 112 c is brought into contact with the side surface 102 b of the second metal member 102.
  • the shapes of the end portions 111c and 112c of the auxiliary members 111 and 112 are formed so as to abut on the side surfaces 102a and 102b without a gap depending on the abutting angle (inner angle) between the first metal member 101 and the second metal member 102. It is good to be done.
  • the auxiliary members 111 and 112 are formed with a length that covers the extending direction of the butted portion J11.
  • the plate thickness of the auxiliary members 111 and 112 is set to such a thickness that metal shortage does not occur in the inner corner friction stirring process described later.
  • the inner corner friction stirring step is a step of friction stir welding the first inner corner S11 and the second inner corner S12 formed by the first metal member 101 and the second metal member 102 as shown in FIG. 17 shows only the friction stir welding on the first inner corner S11 side).
  • a rotating tool F is inserted into a portion where the side surface 102a of the second metal member 102 and the end portion 111c of the auxiliary member 111 abut.
  • the rotating tool F that rotates is inserted into a portion where the side surface 102b of the second metal member 102 and the end 112c of the auxiliary member 112 abut.
  • Rotating tool F is rotated clockwise in this embodiment, so that the spiral groove is formed counterclockwise from the proximal end toward the distal end.
  • the stirring pin F2 that is rotated clockwise to the portion where the side surface 102a of the second metal member 102 and the end 111c of the auxiliary member 111 abut is shallow.
  • the rotary tool F is relatively moved along the first inner corner S11 from the near side to the far side in FIG. That is, in the friction stir welding on the first inner corner S11 side, only the stirring pin F2 contacts the first metal member 101, the second metal member 102, and the auxiliary member 111 with the proximal end side of the stirring pin F2 exposed. And friction stir. Thereby, a linear plasticized region W11 is formed in the movement locus of the rotary tool F.
  • the stirring pin F2 rotated clockwise is shallowly inserted into the portion where the side surface 102b of the second metal member 102 and the end 112c of the auxiliary member 112 abut, and FIG.
  • the rotary tool F is relatively moved along the second inner corner S12 from the back side to the near side. That is, in the friction stir welding on the second inner corner S12 side, only the stirring pin F2 contacts the first metal member 101, the second metal member 102, and the auxiliary member 112 with the proximal end side of the stirring pin F2 exposed. And friction stir. Thereby, a linear plasticized region W12 (see FIG. 19) is formed in the movement locus of the rotary tool F.
  • the rotation center axis of the rotary tool F is inclined by 45 ° with respect to the vertical plane (side surfaces 102a and 102b of the second metal member 102) (see FIG. 18).
  • the joining conditions it is preferable to set the joining conditions so that burrs are generated on the auxiliary members 111 and 112 side.
  • the rotational speed of the rotary tool F is set high, in the friction stir welding on the first inner corner S11 side, many burrs V11 are generated in the auxiliary member 111 on the flow side outside the plasticizing region W11. (See FIG. 18).
  • the auxiliary member 112 on the flow side outside the plasticizing region W12 is also used in the friction stir welding on the second inner corner S12 side. Many burrs V12 tend to occur.
  • the joining conditions of the rotary tool F and the arrangement positions of the auxiliary members 111 and 112 are not limited to those described here, and may be set as appropriate.
  • the auxiliary member removing step is a step of removing the auxiliary members 111 and 112 from the first metal member 101 or the second metal member 102 (here, the auxiliary member 111 from the first metal member 101). , 112 will be described).
  • the end 111d of the auxiliary member 111 and the end 112d of the auxiliary member 112 are turned up in the direction of the thick arrow in FIG. 19 so that the boundary between the plasticized regions W11 and W12 is bent. Resect.
  • a cutting tool or the like may be used, but in this embodiment, the removal process is performed manually.
  • the burrs V11 and V12 are formed on the auxiliary members 111 and 112, the burrs V11 and V12 are also removed together with the auxiliary members 111 and 112 (see FIG. 20). Therefore, the burrs V11 and V12 can be easily removed together with the auxiliary members 111 and 112.
  • the abutting portion friction stirring step is a step of performing friction stir welding to the butting portion J11 as shown in FIGS.
  • the first metal member 101 and the second metal member 102 are arranged on the gantry 105, 105. More specifically, in the abutting portion friction stirring step, the second metal member 102 is inserted between the bases 105 and 105 that are spaced apart, and the back surface 101 a of the first metal member 101 is brought into contact with the bases 105 and 105.
  • the mounts 105 and 105 both present a rectangular parallelepiped.
  • Chamfered portions 105a and 105a are formed in portions of the gantry 105 and 105 facing the first inner corner S11 and the second inner corner S12.
  • the shape of the chamfered portion 105a may be appropriately formed so as not to contact the plasticized regions W11 and W12. In the present embodiment, the shape is a C chamfered shape.
  • the friction stir welding is performed by tracing the butt portion J11 with the base end portion of the stirring pin F2 exposed.
  • a plasticized region W13 is formed in the movement path of the rotary tool F by hardening of the friction-stirred metal.
  • the insertion depth of the rotary tool F is preferably set so that the tip of the stirring pin F2 reaches the abutting portion J11. That is, it is preferable to perform friction stir welding by bringing the rotary tool F into contact with the first metal member 101 and the second metal member 102.
  • the tip of the stirring pin F2 is set so as not to reach the abutting portion J11, that is, when the stirring pin F2 is brought into contact only with the first metal member 101, the frictional heat between the first metal member 101 and the stirring pin F2 As a result, the metal around the butt portion J11 is plastically fluidized so that the first metal member 101 and the second metal member 102 are joined.
  • the friction stirring process When the friction stirring process is completed, it is preferable to perform a burr removing process for removing burrs generated on the surface 101b of the first metal member 101. Thereby, as shown in FIG. 24, the surface 101b of the 1st metal member 101 can be finished finely.
  • the auxiliary members 111 and 112 are arranged (sideways) so as to be laid on the first metal member 101 side of the first inner corner S11 and the second inner corner S12. However, at least one of the auxiliary members 111 and 112 may be disposed (vertically placed) so as to stand against the second metal member 102 side. For example, as shown in FIG. 25, the side surface 102b of the second metal member 102 and the back surface 112a of the auxiliary member 112 are brought into surface contact, and the end 112c is brought into contact with the back surface 101a of the first metal member 101.
  • a tab material (not shown) is placed in close contact with the near side or the back side of the first metal member 101 and the second metal member 102, and the rotary tool F is placed on the tab material.
  • the first inner corner S11 and the second inner corner S12 may be friction stir welded by moving relative to the first metal member 101 and the second metal member 102 in the inserted state.
  • a tab material (not shown) is placed in close contact with the near side or the back side of the first metal member 101 and the second metal member 102, and the rotary tool F is placed on the tab material. May be once inserted and then relatively moved toward the first metal member 101 and the second metal member 102 in the inserted state, and the butt joint J11 may be friction stir welded. The same applies when the rotary tool F is detached.
  • the auxiliary members 111 and 112 are disposed at the first inner corner S11 and the second inner corner S12, and the first inner corner S11 and the second inner corner S11 are interposed via the auxiliary members 111 and 112. Friction stir welding of the two inner corners S12 is performed. Thereby, since the metal shortage of the first inner corner S11 and the second inner corner S12 can be eliminated by the auxiliary members 111 and 112, it is possible to prevent poor bonding.
  • the joining method according to the present embodiment since the friction stir welding is performed on the first inner corner S11 and the second inner corner S12, the first metal member 101 and the second metal at the time of the abutting portion friction stirring step. Positional displacement and separation between the members 102 can be prevented. Thereby, generation
  • the thickness of the portion of the first metal member 101 where the concave groove 103 is formed is greater than the thickness of the other portions. Is also thin. Therefore, in the butt portion friction agitation process of the present embodiment, the depth at which the agitation pin F2 is inserted can be reduced as compared with the case where the concave groove 103 is not formed, so that a large load is not applied to the friction agitation device. Friction stir welding of the butt portion J11 can be performed.
  • the burrs V11 and V12 can be collected on the auxiliary members 111 and 112. . Therefore, the burrs V11 and V12 can be easily removed together with the auxiliary members 111 and 112.
  • the rotary tool F is particularly advantageous when the thickness of the first metal member 101 is large. Moreover, since the rotation tool F can make the width
  • the pedestals 105 and 105 of the present embodiment have chamfered portions 105a and 105a formed at portions facing the first inner corner S11 and the second inner corner S12.
  • the plasticized regions W11 and W12 and the gantry 105 interfere with each other, and the first metal member 101 and the second metal member 102 are lifted from the gantry 105.
  • the joining method according to the sixth embodiment of the present invention performs a butting step, an auxiliary member arranging step, an inner corner friction stirring step, an auxiliary member removing step, and a butt portion friction stirring step.
  • the joining method according to the second embodiment is different from the fifth embodiment in that a rotating tool G is used in the butt portion friction stirring step.
  • the other steps, the butting step, the auxiliary member arranging step, the inner corner friction stirring step, and the auxiliary member removing step, are the same as those in the fifth embodiment, and thus the description thereof is omitted.
  • the rotary tool G is made of, for example, tool steel, and includes a columnar shoulder portion G1 and a stirring pin G2 depending from the shoulder portion G1. A spiral groove is formed on the outer peripheral surface of the stirring pin G2.
  • the rotary tool G is moved along the butt portion J11 while being inserted into the surface 101b of the first metal member 101.
  • the abutting portion friction stirring step the lower end surface of the shoulder portion G1 is pushed into the first metal member 101 by about several millimeters to perform friction stirring.
  • the insertion depth of the stirring pin G2 is not particularly limited as long as the butted portion J11 can be friction stir welded, but it is preferable to set the tip of the stirring pin G2 so as to reach the butted portion J11 as shown in FIG. . That is, it is preferable to perform friction stir welding by bringing the rotary tool G into contact with the first metal member 101 and the second metal member 102.
  • the tip of the stirring pin G2 When the tip of the stirring pin G2 is set so as not to reach the butting portion J11, that is, when the stirring pin G2 contacts only the first metal member 101, the frictional heat between the first metal member 101 and the stirring pin G2 As a result, the metal around the butt portion J11 is plastically fluidized so that the first metal member 101 and the second metal member 102 are joined.
  • the outer diameter (diameter) of the shoulder part G1 may be set suitably, it is good to form smaller than the width
  • the material plastically fluidized by the stirring pin G2 of the rotary tool G is the first metal member 101 and the second metal member 102. Can be prevented from jumping out from the first inner corner S11 and the second inner corner S12.
  • the joining method according to the seventh embodiment of the present invention performs a butting step, an auxiliary member arranging step, an inner corner friction stirring step, an auxiliary member removing step, and a butt portion friction stirring step.
  • the fifth embodiment is that the first metal member 121, the second metal member 122, and the third metal member 123 are joined in a T-shape when viewed from the front. Is different.
  • the first metal member 121 and the third metal member 123 are plate-like metal members.
  • the material of the first metal member 121 and the third metal member 123 is appropriately selected from metals that can be frictionally stirred such as aluminum, aluminum alloy, copper, copper alloy, titanium, titanium alloy, magnesium alloy, and magnesium alloy.
  • a corner on the back surface 121a side of the first metal member 121 is cut out in a rectangular shape in front view. That is, the back surface 121a of the first metal member 121 has a recess 121f composed of a bottom surface 121d and a side wall 121e.
  • angular part by the side of the back surface 123a of the 3rd metal member 123 is notched by the front view rectangular shape.
  • the back surface 123a of the third metal member 123 has a recess 123f composed of a bottom surface 123d and a side wall 123e.
  • a concave groove 124 is formed by the concave portion 121f and the concave portion 123f by butting the first metal member 121 and the third metal member 123 together.
  • the recessed part 121f and the recessed part 123f are equivalent dimensions. That is, it is preferable that the bottom surface 121d of the first metal member 121 and the bottom surface 123d of the third metal member 123 are flush with each other in a state where the first metal member 121 and the third metal member 123 are abutted.
  • the second metal member 122 is a plate-like metal member.
  • the plate thickness dimension of the second metal member 122 is set to be equal to or smaller than the width of the groove 124 so that the second metal member 122 fits into the groove 124.
  • the material of the second metal member 122 may be appropriately selected from the metals that can be frictionally stirred, but is preferably the same material as the first metal member 121 and the third metal member 123.
  • the first butted portion J21 is formed by butting the end surface 121c on the side where the recess 121f of the first metal member 121 is formed and the end surface 123c on the side where the recess 123f of the third metal member 123 is formed.
  • the back surfaces 121a and 123a (around the first abutting portion J21) of the first metal member 121 and the third metal member 123 are recessed grooves having a rectangular cross section.
  • 124 is formed.
  • the concave groove 124 extends in the extending direction of the first metal member 121 and the third metal member 123.
  • the end face 122c of the second metal member 122 is butted against the first butting part J21 to form the second butting part J22 (see FIG. 28). That is, the end surface 122c of the second metal member 122 is abutted against the groove 124 formed in the back surface 121a of the first metal member 121 and the back surface 123a of the third metal member 123. Thereby, the first inner corner S21 (see FIG. 28) and the second inner corner S22 (see FIG. 28) are formed on both sides of the second metal member 122.
  • the first inner corner S ⁇ b> 21 is a corner constituted by the back surface 121 a of the first metal member 121 and the side surface 122 a of the second metal member 122.
  • the second inner corner S ⁇ b> 22 is a corner formed by the back surface 123 a of the third metal member 123 and the side surface 122 b of the second metal member 122.
  • the first inner corner S21 of the first metal member 121 and the second metal member 122 and the second inner corner S22 of the third metal member 123 and the second metal member 122 are assisted.
  • the members 111 and 112 are disposed.
  • the auxiliary members 111 and 112 are plate-like metal members.
  • the auxiliary members 111 and 112 are formed of the same material as the first metal member 121, the second metal member 122, and the third metal member 123.
  • the back surface 121a of the first metal member 121 and the front surface 111b of the auxiliary member 111 are brought into surface contact, and the end 111c is brought into contact with the side surface 122a of the second metal member 122.
  • the side surface 122 b of the second metal member 122 and the back surface 112 a of the auxiliary member 12 are brought into surface contact, and the end portion 112 c is brought into contact with the back surface 123 a of the third metal member 123.
  • the shapes of the end portions 111c and 112c of the auxiliary members 111 and 112 are such that the side surface 122a and the back surface 123a are in accordance with the abutment angle (inner angle) of the first metal member 121, the second metal member 122, and the third metal member 123. It is good to form so that it may contact
  • the auxiliary members 111 and 112 are formed with a length that covers the extending direction of the second butting portion J22.
  • the plate thickness of the auxiliary members 111 and 112 is set to such a thickness that metal shortage does not occur in the inner corner friction stirring process described later.
  • the auxiliary member 112 may be disposed (sideways) so as to lie on the third metal member 123 side of the second inner corner S22, or the first inner corner S21. You may arrange
  • the stirring pin F2 that is rotated clockwise to the portion where the side surface 122a of the second metal member 122 abuts the end 111c of the auxiliary member 111 is shallow.
  • the rotary tool F is inserted and relatively moved along the first inner corner S21 from the near side to the far side in FIG. That is, in the friction stir welding on the first inner corner S21 side, only the stirring pin F2 contacts the first metal member 121, the second metal member 122, and the auxiliary member 111 with the proximal end side of the stirring pin F2 exposed. And friction stir. Thereby, a linear plasticized region W21 is formed in the movement locus of the rotary tool F.
  • the agitating pin F2 rotated clockwise is shallowly inserted into the portion where the back surface 123a of the third metal member 123 and the end 112c of the auxiliary member 112 abut, and FIG.
  • the rotary tool F is relatively moved along the second inner corner S22 from the near side to the far side. That is, in the friction stir welding on the second inner corner S22 side, only the stirring pin F2 contacts the second metal member 122, the third metal member 123, and the auxiliary member 112 with the proximal end side of the stirring pin F2 exposed. And friction stir. As a result, a linear plasticized region W22 (see FIG. 31) is formed on the movement locus of the rotary tool F.
  • the rotation center axis of the rotary tool F is inclined by 45 ° with respect to the vertical plane (side surfaces 122a and 122b of the second metal member 122) (see FIG. 30).
  • the joining conditions it is preferable to set the joining conditions so that burrs are generated on the auxiliary members 111 and 112 side.
  • the joining condition is set so that the side where the burrs V21, V22 are generated or the side where the burrs V21, V22 are generated is the auxiliary members 111, 112 side, as shown in FIG. , 112 can be combined with burrs V21, V22. Therefore, it is preferable because a removal step described later can be easily performed. Further, by setting the rotation speed of the rotary tool F faster, the moving speed (feed speed) of the rotary tool F can be increased. Thereby, a joining cycle can be shortened.
  • the auxiliary member removing step is a step of removing the auxiliary members 111 and 112 from the first metal member 121, the second metal member 122, or the third metal member 123, as shown in FIG.
  • the case where the auxiliary member 111 is removed from the member 121 and the auxiliary member 112 is removed from the second metal member 122 will be described).
  • the end 111d of the auxiliary member 111 and the end 112d of the auxiliary member 112 are turned up in the direction of the thick arrow in FIG. 31 so that the boundary between the plasticized regions W21 and W22 is bent. Resect.
  • a cutting tool or the like may be used, but in this embodiment, the removal process is performed manually.
  • the burrs V21 and V22 are formed on the auxiliary members 111 and 112, the burrs V21 and V22 are also removed together with the auxiliary members 111 and 112 (see FIG. 32). Therefore, the burrs V21 and V22 can be easily removed together with the auxiliary members 111 and 112.
  • the abutting portion friction stirring step is a step of performing friction stir welding on the first butting portion J21 and the second butting portion J22 as shown in FIGS.
  • first, the first metal member 121, the second metal member 122, and the third metal member 123 are arranged on the gantry 105, 105 in the same manner as the fifth embodiment. More specifically, in the abutting portion friction stirring step, the second metal member 122 is inserted between the gantry 105 and 105 that are spaced apart from each other, and the back surface 121a of the first metal member 121 and the third metal member 122 are inserted into the gantry 105 and 105. The back surface 123a of the metal member 123 is brought into contact.
  • the mounts 105 and 105 both present a rectangular parallelepiped.
  • Chamfered portions 105a and 105a are formed in portions of the gantry 105 and 105 facing the first inner corner S21 and the second inner corner S22.
  • the shape of the chamfered portion 105a may be appropriately formed so as not to contact the plasticized regions W21 and W22. In the present embodiment, the shape is a C chamfered shape.
  • the abutting portion friction agitation step inserts the rotating tool F from the surface 121b of the first metal member 121 and the surface 123b of the third metal member 123, and follows the first abutting portion J21.
  • This is a step of friction stir welding.
  • the rotary tool F may be the same as that used in the inner corner friction stirring process, and is formed of, for example, tool steel, and includes a connecting portion F1 and a stirring pin F2.
  • the stirring pin F2 is tapered, and the length of the stirring pin F2 is the portion where the concave groove 124 (see FIG. 27) formed by the first metal member 121 and the third metal member 123 is formed. It is larger than the plate thickness.
  • the butt portion friction stirring step only the rotated stirring pin F2 is inserted into the first butt portion J21 formed by the first metal member 121 and the third metal member 123, and the first metal member 121 and the third metal member 123 It is moved while being separated from the connecting portion F1.
  • the friction stir welding is performed by tracing the first abutting portion J21 with the base end portion of the stirring pin F2 exposed.
  • a plasticized region W23 is formed in the movement locus of the rotary tool F by hardening of the friction-stirred metal.
  • the insertion depth of the rotary tool F is preferably set so that the tip of the stirring pin F2 reaches the second butting portion J22. That is, it is preferable to perform friction stir welding by bringing the rotary tool F into contact with the first metal member 121, the second metal member 122, and the third metal member 123.
  • the first metal member 121 is used.
  • the metal around the second butted portion J22 is plastically fluidized by frictional heat between the third metal member 123 and the stirring pin F2, and the first metal member 121, the second metal member 122, and the third metal member 123 are joined.
  • a burr removing step of removing burrs generated on the surfaces 121b and 123b of the first metal member 121 and the third metal member 123.
  • a tab material (not shown) is arranged in close contact with the front side or the back side of the first metal member 121, the second metal member 122, and the third metal member 123.
  • the first inner corner S21 and the second inner corner are moved relative to the first metal member 121, the second metal member 122, and the third metal member 123 while being inserted.
  • S22 may be friction stir welded.
  • a tab material (not shown) is placed in close contact with the front side or the back side of the first metal member 121, the second metal member 122, and the third metal member 123, Once the rotary tool F is inserted into the tab material, it is moved relative to the first metal member 121, the second metal member 122, and the third metal member 123 in the inserted state, and the first butted portion J21 and the second butted portion. Part J22 may be friction stir welded. The same applies when the rotary tool F is detached.
  • the butt portion friction stirring step the lower end surface of the shoulder portion G1 is pushed into the first metal member 121 and the third metal member 123 by several millimeters to perform friction stirring.
  • the insertion depth of the stirring pin G2 is not particularly limited as long as the first butting portion J21 and the second butting portion J22 can be friction stir welded, but is set so that the tip of the stirring pin G2 reaches the second butting portion J22. It is preferable. That is, it is preferable to perform friction stir welding by bringing the rotary tool G into contact with the first metal member 121, the second metal member 122, and the third metal member 123.
  • the auxiliary members 111 and 112 are arranged in the first inner corner S21 and the second inner corner S22, and the first inner corner S21, Friction stir welding of the second inner corner S22 is performed. Thereby, since the metal shortage of the first inner corner S21 and the second inner corner S22 can be solved by the auxiliary members 111 and 112, it is possible to prevent poor bonding.
  • the first metal member 121 and the second metal in the butt portion friction stirring step Misalignment and separation of the members 122 and the third metal member 123 and the second metal member 122 can be prevented. Thereby, it is possible to prevent the occurrence of poor bonding due to the positional deviation or separation of the first metal member 121, the second metal member 122, and the third metal member 123.
  • the first metal member 121 of the present embodiment is formed with a recess 121f that constitutes the groove 124
  • the third metal member 123 is formed with a recess 123f that constitutes the groove 124
  • the plate thickness of the portion where the recess 121f of the first metal member 121 and the recess 123f of the third metal member 123 are formed is thinner than the plate thickness of the other portions. Therefore, in the friction stir process of the present embodiment, the depth at which the stir pin F2 is inserted can be reduced as compared with the case where the concave groove 124 is not formed, so that a large load is not applied to the friction stirrer. Friction stir welding of the butt J21 and the second butt J22 can be performed.
  • the burrs V21 and V22 can be collected on the auxiliary members 111 and 112. . Therefore, the burrs V21 and V22 can be easily removed together with the auxiliary members 111 and 112.
  • the rotary tool F is particularly advantageous when the plate thickness of the first metal member 121 and the third metal member 123 is large. Moreover, since the rotation tool F can make the width
  • the pedestals 105 and 105 of the present embodiment have chamfered portions 105a and 105a formed at portions facing the first inner corner S21 and the second inner corner S22.
  • the plasticized regions W21 and W22 interfere with the gantry 105, and the first metal member 121 and the second metal member.
  • 122 and the third metal member 123 may be lifted from the gantry 105, according to the present embodiment, it is possible to prevent the plasticized regions W21 and W22 and the gantry 105 from interfering with each other.
  • the joining method according to the eighth embodiment of the present invention will be described in detail with reference to the drawings.
  • the first metal member 201 and the second metal member 202 are butted in a T shape in front view and joined by friction stirring.
  • a butt process, an arrangement process, a friction stirring process, and a removal process are performed.
  • Both the first metal member 201 and the second metal member 202 have a plate shape.
  • the first metal member 201 and the second metal member 202 are appropriately selected from metals capable of friction stirring such as aluminum, aluminum alloy, copper, copper alloy, titanium, titanium alloy, magnesium, and magnesium alloy.
  • the plate thickness dimensions of the first metal member 201 and the second metal member 202 may be set as appropriate.
  • On the back surface 202c of the second metal member 202 a concave groove 202d that opens to the first metal member 201 side is formed.
  • the recessed groove 202d has a rectangular cross section corresponding to the shape of the first metal member 201.
  • the groove width of the recessed groove 202d is formed to be equal to the plate thickness of the first metal member 201 in this embodiment.
  • the recessed groove 202d is formed so that one end edge of the first metal member 201 can be fitted.
  • the end surface 201a of the first metal member 201 is inserted into the concave groove 202d of the second metal member 202, the end surface 201a is butted against the bottom surface 202e of the concave groove 202d, and the butted portion J41 is formed. It is a process of forming.
  • the groove width of the concave groove 202d is formed to be equal to the plate thickness of the first metal member 201, so that the side surfaces 201b and 201c in the plate thickness direction of the first metal member 201 and the concave groove The side surfaces 202f and 202g in the groove width direction of 202d are in contact with each other, and one end edge of the first metal member 201 is fitted into the concave groove 202d.
  • the placement step is a step of placing the auxiliary member 210 as shown in FIG.
  • the auxiliary member 210 is a plate-shaped metal member.
  • the plate thickness of the auxiliary member 210 is set to such a thickness that metal shortage does not occur in the joint portion (plasticization region W41) formed in the friction stirring step described later.
  • the auxiliary member 210 is formed of the same material as the first metal member 201 and the second metal member 202.
  • the auxiliary member 210 is arranged at a position corresponding to the first metal member 201 and the concave groove 202d on the surface 202b of the second metal member 202.
  • the front surface 202b of the second metal member 202 and the back surface 210b of the auxiliary member 210 are in surface contact.
  • the central portion of the auxiliary member 210 and the center of the first metal member 201 in the plate thickness direction are arranged at substantially overlapping positions.
  • the friction stirring step is a step of inserting the rotating tool F rotating from the surface 210a side of the auxiliary member 210 and friction-stir-joining the butt J41.
  • the spiral groove is formed in a counterclockwise direction from the proximal end toward the distal end.
  • the stirring pin F2 rotated right from the surface 210a of the auxiliary member 210 is inserted.
  • the rotating tool along the abutting portion J41 from the near side to the far side in FIG. 37 with the stirring pin F2, the first metal member 201, the second metal member 202, and the auxiliary member 210 in contact with each other.
  • friction stirring is performed with the base end side of the stirring pin F2 exposed.
  • the rotation center axis C of the rotary tool F is set to a position passing through the center of the first metal member 201 in the plate thickness direction and the center of the groove 202d in the groove width direction.
  • a plasticizing region W41 is formed in the movement locus of the rotary tool F.
  • the insertion depth of the stirring pin F ⁇ b> 2 may be set as appropriate, but in the present embodiment, the stirring pin F ⁇ b> 2 is set so as to contact the first metal member 201.
  • the stirring pin F2 may be brought into contact with the second metal member 202 and the auxiliary member 210 to perform the friction stir welding.
  • the butt portion J41 is plastically fluidized and joined by frictional heat between the second metal member 202 and the stirring pin F2.
  • a burr V41 is formed on the surface 210a of the auxiliary member 210.
  • the removal step is a step of removing the auxiliary member 210 from the second metal member 202 as shown in FIG.
  • the auxiliary member 210 is cut off while turning up both ends of the auxiliary member 210 so as to bend at the groove D.
  • the concave groove D is a portion that is deeply grooved in the plasticized region W41.
  • a cutting tool or the like may be used, but in this embodiment, the removal process is performed manually.
  • the stirring pin F2 is brought into contact with the first metal member 201, the second metal member 202 and the auxiliary member 210, or the second metal member 202 and the auxiliary member 210. Since the friction stir welding is performed in the above state, the load on the friction stirrer can be reduced as compared with the prior art. Thereby, even if the plate
  • the auxiliary member 210 is also friction stir welded to prevent metal shortage at the joint (plasticized region W41) as shown in FIG. .
  • the end surface 201a of the first metal member 201 is inserted into the concave groove 202d of the second metal member 202 and the end surface 201a is abutted against the bottom surface 202e of the concave groove 202d. A positional deviation from the metal member 202 can be prevented.
  • the removing step since the burr V41 can be removed together with the auxiliary member 210, the surface 202b of the second metal member 202 can be finished finely without performing a separate burr removing operation. Moreover, in the friction stirring process of this embodiment, since the rotation tool F is inserted from the center part of the surface 210a of the auxiliary member 210, the insertion work of the rotation tool F can be performed easily.
  • the end surface 201a of the first metal member 201 is inserted into the concave groove 202d of the second metal member 202, and the end surface 201a is used as the bottom surface 202e of the concave groove 202d.
  • Butt portion J41 is formed.
  • a planned position through which the rotation center axis C (see FIG. 41) of the rotary tool F passes is set as a “joining reference line X” during the friction stirring step.
  • the joining reference line X is set so as to overlap the center in the plate thickness direction of the first metal member 201 and the center in the groove width direction of the concave groove 202d.
  • the auxiliary member 210 is arranged on the surface 202b of the second metal member 202 only on one side with respect to the joining reference line X, and the auxiliary member 210 is placed at a position where the side surface 210c of the auxiliary member 210 overlaps the joining reference line X. 210 is arranged.
  • the joining reference line X is a position where the plastic fluid material does not flow out from the inner corners of the side surfaces 201b and 201c of the first metal member 201 and the back surface 202c of the second metal member 202 in the friction stirring step described later. What is necessary is just to set suitably.
  • the friction stirrer step inserts the rotation center axis C of the rotating tool F rotated to the right in a position overlapping the joining reference line X, and rotates the rotating tool F from the near side to the far side in FIG. Is a step of friction stir welding the butt portion J41 by relatively moving.
  • the friction stirring step as in the eighth embodiment, only the stirring pin F2 of the rotary tool F is brought into contact with the first metal member 201, the second metal member 202, and the auxiliary member 210, or the second metal member 202 and Friction stir welding is performed in a state where the auxiliary member 210 is in contact with the auxiliary member 210.
  • the auxiliary member 210 of the second metal member 202 is not arranged on the shear side of the rotary tool F (advancing side: the side on which the moving speed of the rotary tool is added to the tangential speed on the outer periphery of the rotary tool).
  • the moving direction and rotating direction of the rotary tool F are set so as to be on the side.
  • the rotation direction and the traveling direction of the rotary tool F are not limited to those described above, and may be set as appropriate.
  • the joining conditions include the rotational speed of the rotary tool F, the rotational direction, the traveling direction, the moving speed (feeding speed), the inclination angle (taper angle) of the stirring pin F2, the metal member to be joined (the first metal member 201, the second It is determined by each element such as the material of the metal member 202 and the auxiliary member 210), the thickness of the metal member to be joined, and the combination of these elements. It is preferable to set the side where the burrs V41 are generated or the side where a large amount of burrs V41 are generated to be the auxiliary member 210 side according to the joining conditions because the removal process described later can be easily performed.
  • the removal step is a step of removing the auxiliary member 210 from the second metal member 202.
  • the auxiliary member 210 is bent and removed as in the eighth embodiment. Through the above steps, the first metal member 201 and the second metal member 202 are joined.
  • the auxiliary member 210 is arranged on one side with respect to the joining reference line X, and in the friction stirring process, the joining condition is set so that the burr V is generated on the auxiliary member 210 side.
  • flash V41 can be collected on the auxiliary member 210 arrange
  • the end surface 201a of the first metal member 201 is inserted into the concave groove 202d of the second metal member 202, and the end surface 201a is inserted into the bottom surface 202e of the concave groove 202d.
  • Butt portion J41 is formed.
  • the joining reference line X is set at a position that overlaps the center of the first metal member 201 in the plate thickness direction and the center of the groove 202d in the groove width direction.
  • the auxiliary member 210 is arranged on the surface 202b of the second metal member 202 on the other side with respect to the joining reference line X, and the side surface 210c of the auxiliary member 210 is slightly on one side with respect to the joining reference line X.
  • the auxiliary member 210 is disposed so as to protrude.
  • the thickness of the auxiliary member 210 and the distance from the joining reference line X to the side surface 210c are such that a metal shortage does not occur in the joining portion (plasticization region W41) in the friction stirring process described later, and one side after the friction stirring process.
  • the auxiliary member 210 is appropriately set so as not to remain.
  • the rotation center axis C of the rotating tool F rotated counterclockwise is inserted at a position overlapping the joining reference line X, and the rotating tool F is moved from the near side to the far side in FIG. Is a step of friction stir welding the butt portion J41 by relatively moving.
  • the friction stirring step as in the eighth embodiment, only the stirring pin F2 of the rotary tool F is brought into contact with the first metal member 201, the second metal member 202, and the auxiliary member 210, or the second metal member 202 and Friction stir welding is performed in a state where the auxiliary member 210 is in contact with the auxiliary member 210.
  • the burr V41 tends to be formed on the flow side of the auxiliary member 210.
  • the auxiliary member 210 is arranged on the other side with respect to the joining reference line X, and the side surface 210c of the auxiliary member 210 is slightly protruded on the one side.
  • the auxiliary member 210 and the burr V41 do not remain on one side of the surface 2b of the second metal member 202 and the burr V41 is generated on the auxiliary member 210 side while the butt joint J41 is friction stir welded.
  • the joining conditions are set as follows.
  • the metal shortage of the joining portion (plasticization region W41) can be prevented in a well-balanced manner, and the burrs V41 can be concentrated on the auxiliary member 210 disposed on the other side. Accordingly, since the burr V41 can be removed together with the auxiliary member 210, the burr V41 can be easily removed.
  • a joining method according to the eleventh embodiment of the present invention will be described.
  • a butt process, an arrangement process, a friction stirring process, and a removal process are performed.
  • the joining method according to the present embodiment is different from the eighth embodiment in that the concave groove 205 is formed by the second metal member 203 and the third metal member 204.
  • the joining method according to the eleventh embodiment will be described with a focus on differences from the eighth embodiment.
  • the first metal member 201, the second metal member 203, and the third metal member 204 all have a plate shape.
  • the first metal member 201, the second metal member 203, and the third metal member 204 are appropriately selected from metals capable of friction stirring such as aluminum, aluminum alloy, copper, copper alloy, titanium, titanium alloy, magnesium, and magnesium alloy. .
  • the plate thickness dimensions of the first metal member 201, the second metal member 203, and the third metal member 204 may be set as appropriate.
  • the second metal member 203 has an end surface 203c facing the third metal member 204, a surface 203a continuous with the end surface 203c and extending in a direction orthogonal to the end surface 203c, and extending in a direction orthogonal to the end surface 203c. It has a back surface 203b, and a first notch 203d formed by cutting out a corner formed by the back surface 203b and the end surface 203c. All the notches 203d are open to the first metal member 201 side and the third metal member 204 side.
  • the first notch 203d has a first notch bottom surface 203e and a first notch side surface 203f.
  • the first bottom surface 203e is continuous with the end surface 203c and extends in a direction orthogonal thereto.
  • the first notch side surface 203f is formed between the first notch bottom surface 203e and the back surface 203b, and extends in a direction orthogonal to the first notch bottom surface 203e and the back surface 203b.
  • the third metal member 204 includes an end surface 204c facing the end surface 203c, a surface 204a that is continuous with the end surface 204c and extends in a direction orthogonal to the end surface 204c, and a back surface 204b that extends in a direction orthogonal to the end surface 204c. And a second cutout portion 204d formed by cutting out a corner portion constituted by the back surface 204b and the end surface 204c.
  • the second notch 204d is open to the first metal member 201 side and the second metal member 203 side.
  • the second cutout portion 204d has a second cutout bottom surface 204e and a second cutout side surface 204f.
  • the second notch bottom surface 204e is continuous with the end surface 204c and extends in a direction orthogonal thereto.
  • the second notch side surface 204f is formed between the second notch bottom surface 204e and the back surface 204b, and extends in a direction orthogonal to the second notch bottom surface 204e and the back surface 204b. All the notch parts 203d and the second notch part 204d are formed symmetrically with respect to the joining reference line X (in this embodiment, an extension line of the first abutting part J42).
  • the first notch 203d and the second notch 204d constitute a single groove 205 in a state where the end face 203c and the end face 204c are abutted.
  • the first notch bottom surface 203e and the second notch bottom surface 204e constitute the bottom surface 205a of the groove 205.
  • the first notch side surface 203f constitutes one side surface 205b of the concave groove 205
  • the second notch side surface 204f constitutes the other side surface 205c of the concave groove 205.
  • the recessed groove 205 opens to the first metal member 201 side.
  • the concave groove 205 has a rectangular cross section corresponding to the shape of the first metal member 201.
  • the groove width of the concave groove 205 is formed to be equal to the plate thickness of the first metal member 201 in this embodiment.
  • the concave groove 205 is formed so that one end edge of the first metal member 201 can be fitted.
  • the end surface 203c of the second metal member 203 and the end surface 204c of the third metal member 204 are butted to form the first butting portion J42.
  • a single and rectangular recess groove 205 straddling the second metal member 203 and the third metal member 204 is formed by the first notch 203d and the second notch 204d.
  • the end surface 201a of the first metal member 201 is inserted into the concave groove 205 of the second metal member 203 and the third metal member 204, the end surface 201a is butted against the bottom surface 205a of the concave groove 205, and the second butted portion J43 ( 47).
  • the auxiliary member 210 is arranged so as to straddle the surface 203a of the second metal member 203 and the surface 204a of the third metal member 204.
  • the auxiliary member 210 is made of the same material as the first metal member 201, the second metal member 203, and the third metal member 204.
  • the auxiliary member 10 is arranged at a position corresponding to the first metal member 201 and the groove 205 on the surface 203a of the second metal member 203 and the surface 204a of the third metal member 204.
  • the central portion of the auxiliary member 210, the center of the first metal member 201 in the plate thickness direction, and the first butted portion J42 are arranged at substantially overlapping positions.
  • the friction stirring step is a step of inserting the rotating tool F rotating from the surface 210a side of the auxiliary member 210 and friction stir welding the first butting portion J42 and the second butting portion J43.
  • the stirring pin F2 rotated right from the surface 210a of the auxiliary member 210 is inserted.
  • the first pin from the near side to the far side in FIG. 47 in the state where the stirring pin F2 and the first metal member 201, the second metal member 203, the third metal member 204, and the auxiliary member 210 are in contact with each other.
  • the rotary tool F is relatively moved along the butting portion J42 and the second butting portion J43.
  • friction stirring is performed with the base end side of the stirring pin F2 exposed.
  • the rotation center axis C of the rotary tool F is set to a position passing through the center of the first metal member 201 in the plate thickness direction, the center of the groove 205 in the groove width direction, and the first abutting portion J42.
  • a plasticizing region W43 is formed in the movement locus of the rotary tool F.
  • the insertion depth of the stirring pin F ⁇ b> 2 may be set as appropriate, but in the present embodiment, the stirring pin F ⁇ b> 2 is set so as to contact the first metal member 201.
  • the stirring pin F2 may be brought into contact with the second metal member 203, the third metal member 204, and the auxiliary member 210 to perform the friction stir welding.
  • the second butted portion J43 is plastically fluidized and joined by frictional heat between the second metal member 203, the third metal member 204, and the stirring pin F2.
  • a burr V42 is formed on the surface 210a of the auxiliary member 210.
  • the removal step is a step of removing the auxiliary member 210 from the second metal member 203 and the third metal member 204 as shown in FIG.
  • the auxiliary member 210 is cut off while turning up both ends of the auxiliary member 210 so as to bend at the groove D.
  • the concave groove D is a portion that is deeply buried in the plasticized region W43.
  • a cutting tool or the like may be used, but in this embodiment, the removal process is performed manually.
  • the end surface 203c of the second metal member 203 and the end surface 204c of the third metal member 204 are butted together to form the first butting portion J42 as in the eleventh embodiment.
  • a single and rectangular recess groove 205 straddling the second metal member 203 and the third metal member 204 is formed by the first notch 203d and the second notch 204d.
  • the end surface 201a of the first metal member 201 is inserted into the recessed groove 205 of the second metal member 203 and the third metal member 204, the end surface 201a is butted against the bottom surface 205a of the recessed groove 205, and the second butted portion J43 is formed.
  • An auxiliary member 210 is disposed.
  • the auxiliary member 210 may be arranged on the surface 203a of the second metal member 203 only on the other side with respect to the first abutting portion J42.
  • the friction stirring step and the removing step according to the present embodiment are performed by a method substantially similar to that of the ninth embodiment described above.
  • the auxiliary member 210 is disposed on the surface 204a of the third metal member 204 on one side with respect to the first abutting portion J42, and the burr V42 is disposed on the auxiliary member 210 side in the friction stirring step.
  • the joining conditions were set so that this occurred.
  • flash V42 can be concentrated on the auxiliary member 210 arrange
  • flash V42 can be removed with the auxiliary member 210, the burr
  • the end face 203c of the second metal member 203 and the end face 204c of the third metal member 204 are butted together in the same manner as in the eleventh embodiment to form the first butting portion J42.
  • a single and rectangular recess groove 205 straddling the second metal member 203 and the third metal member 204 is formed by the first notch 203d and the second notch 204d.
  • the auxiliary member 210 is arranged on the surface 203a of the second metal member 203 on the other side with respect to the first butting portion J42, and the side surface 210c of the auxiliary member 210 is on one side with respect to the first butting portion J42.
  • the auxiliary member 210 is disposed so as to slightly protrude from the third metal member 204.
  • the thickness of the auxiliary member 210 and the distance from the joining reference line X to the side surface 210c are such that there is no metal shortage in the joining portion (plasticization region W41) in the friction stirring process, and assistance is performed on one side after the friction stirring process. It sets suitably so that the member 210 may not remain
  • the auxiliary member 210 is arranged on the surface 204a of the third metal member 204 on one side with respect to the first abutting portion J42, while the side surface 210c of the auxiliary member 210 is on the other side with respect to the first abutting portion J42.
  • the auxiliary member 210 may be disposed so as to slightly protrude from the second metal member 203 on the side.
  • the friction stirring step and the removing step according to the present embodiment are performed by a method substantially similar to that of the tenth embodiment described above.
  • the bonding method according to the thirteenth embodiment described above can provide substantially the same effect as that of the eleventh embodiment. That is, in order to insert the end surface 201a of the first metal member 201 into the concave groove 205 formed by abutting the second metal member 203 and the third metal member 204 and abut the end surface 201a with the bottom surface 205a of the concave groove 205, It is possible to prevent displacement of the first metal member 201, the second metal member 203, and the third metal member 204 during the butting process. Also, the joining method according to the thirteenth embodiment can provide substantially the same effect as that of the tenth embodiment.
  • the auxiliary member 210 is disposed on the surface 204a of the third metal member 204 on one side while the auxiliary member 210 is disposed on the surface 203a of the second metal member 203 on the other side with respect to the first butting portion J42.
  • the side surface 210c is slightly protruded.
  • the auxiliary member 210 and the burr V42 do not remain on the surface 204a of the third metal member 204 on one side while the first butting portion J42 and the second butting portion J43 are friction stir welded.
  • the joining conditions are set so that the burr V42 is generated on the 210 side.
  • the joining method according to the fourteenth embodiment of the present invention will be described in detail with reference to the drawings.
  • the first metal member 301 and the second metal member 302 are butted in a T shape and joined.
  • the joining method according to the present embodiment performs a butt process, a temporary joining process, and a main joining process.
  • the first metal member 301 is a plate-like metal member.
  • the material of the first metal member 301 is appropriately selected from metals capable of friction stir, such as aluminum, aluminum alloy, copper, copper alloy, titanium, titanium alloy, magnesium, and magnesium alloy.
  • the second metal member 302 is a plate-like metal member.
  • the material of the second metal member 302 may be appropriately selected from the metals that can be frictionally stirred, but is preferably the same material as the first metal member 301.
  • the plate thicknesses of the first metal member 301 and the second metal member 302 may be set as appropriate.
  • On the back surface 302 c of the second metal member 302, a concave groove 302 d that opens to the first metal member 301 side is formed on the back surface 302 c of the second metal member 302, a concave groove 302 d that opens to the first metal member 301 side is formed.
  • the concave groove 302 d has a rectangular cross section corresponding to the shape of the first metal member 301.
  • the groove width of the recessed groove 302d is formed to be equal to the plate thickness of the first metal member 301 in this embodiment.
  • the recessed groove 302d is formed so that one end edge of the first metal member 301 can be fitted.
  • the end surface 301a of the first metal member 301 is inserted into the recessed groove 302d of the second metal member 302, the end surface 301a is butted against the bottom surface 302e of the recessed groove 302d, and the butted portion J51 is formed.
  • the groove width of the concave groove 302d is formed to be equal to the plate thickness of the first metal member 301, and therefore the side surfaces 301b and 301c in the plate thickness direction of the first metal member 301 and the concave groove.
  • the side surfaces 302f and 302g in the groove width direction of 302d are in contact with each other, and one end edge of the first metal member 301 is fitted into the concave groove 302d.
  • the temporary bonding step is a step of temporarily bonding the inner corners of the first metal member 301 and the second metal member 302 using a rotary tool (temporary bonding rotary tool) F.
  • a rotary tool temporary bonding rotary tool
  • the spiral groove is formed in a counterclockwise direction from the proximal end toward the distal end.
  • the first inner corner (inner corner) composed of the side surface 301b of the first metal member 301 and the back surface 302c of the second metal member 302 and the side surface 301c of the first metal member 301 and the second metal member 302 are formed. Is inserted into the second inner corner (inner corner) composed of the back surface 302c of the rotating tool F while inclining the rotation center axis thereof.
  • friction stir welding is intermittently performed along the inner corner while the stirring pin F2 is inserted shallowly into the inner corner.
  • the plasticized region W51 is intermittently formed in a dot shape.
  • a tab material temporary bonding step is performed in which the tab material T is temporarily bonded to the end surface on one end side of the second metal member 302.
  • the thickness of the tab material T is the same as the thickness of the second metal member 302.
  • the back surface Tb of the tab material T and the back surface 302c of the second metal member 302 are flush with each other, and the surface Ta of the tab material T and the surface 302b of the second metal member 302 are flush with each other.
  • the tab material T and the second metal member 302 are temporarily joined using the rotary tool F.
  • the main joining step is a step of full-scale friction stir welding of the butt joint J51 using a rotating tool (rotating tool for main joining) F as shown in FIG.
  • the rotating tool F rotated to the right is inserted into the start position Sp set on the tab material T, and the rotating tool F is relatively moved along the abutting portion J51.
  • a plasticizing region W52 is formed in the movement trajectory of the rotary tool F.
  • the friction stir welding is performed with the connecting portion F1 separated from the second metal member 302, that is, the base end side of the stirring pin F2 is exposed.
  • the stirring pin F2 is arranged so that the tip of the stirring pin F2 reaches the first metal member 301, that is, the stirring pin F2, the first metal member 301, and the second metal member 302 are in contact with each other. Set the insertion depth.
  • the insertion depth of the stirring pin F2 may be set so that the stirring pin F2 contacts only the second metal member 302.
  • the butt portion J51 is plastically fluidized and joined by frictional heat between the stirring pin F2 and the second metal member 302.
  • a burr removing process for removing burrs formed in the plasticized region W52 may be performed. Thereby, the surface 302b of the 2nd metal member 302 can be finished finely.
  • the first metal member 301 and the second metal member 302 are spot-temporarily bonded to each other in the temporary bonding step. And misalignment can be prevented. Thereby, joining accuracy can be raised. Moreover, since only the stirring pin F2 is inserted into each metal member in both the main joining step and the temporary joining step, the amount of heat input can be reduced, and the thermal strain of each metal member can be reduced. In particular, in the temporary bonding step, by performing spot temporary bonding, the amount of heat input can be reduced and the bonding time can also be shortened.
  • the load applied to the friction stirrer can be reduced.
  • the butted portion J51 located at a deep position can be joined. That is, since the second metal member 302 can be joined even when the plate thickness is large, the degree of freedom in design can be increased.
  • the end surface 301a of the first metal member 301 is inserted into the concave groove 302d of the second metal member 302 and the end surface 301a is butted against the bottom surface 302e of the concave groove 302d.
  • the metal member 302 can be easily positioned.
  • the temporary bonding rotary tool used in the temporary bonding process and the main bonding rotating tool used in the main bonding process may be different from each other, but by using the rotary tool F as in the present embodiment, There is no need to change the rotating tool in each process. Thereby, joining work can be performed efficiently.
  • spot temporary joining is performed by welding along an inner corner formed by the first metal member 301 and the second metal member 302.
  • a first inner corner (inner corner) and a first metal member constituted by the side surface 301b of the first metal member 301 and the back surface 302c of the second metal member 302 by TIG welding, MIG welding, laser welding, or the like.
  • Welding is intermittently performed at a second inner corner (inner corner) formed by the side surface 301 c of 301 and the back surface 302 c of the second metal member 302.
  • This modification can also provide substantially the same effect as that of the fourteenth embodiment described above.
  • the temporary joining step by performing spot temporary joining by welding, thermal distortion of each metal member can be prevented and temporary joining can be performed in a short time.
  • the first metal member 301 is a plate-like metal member.
  • the material of the first metal member 301 is appropriately selected from metals capable of friction stir, such as aluminum, aluminum alloy, copper, copper alloy, titanium, titanium alloy, magnesium, and magnesium alloy.
  • the second metal member 303 and the third metal member 304 are plate-like metal members.
  • the material of the second metal member 303 and the third metal member 304 may be appropriately selected from the metals that can be frictionally stirred, but is preferably the same material as that of the first metal member 301.
  • the plate thicknesses of the first metal member 301, the second metal member 303, and the third metal member 304 may be set as appropriate.
  • the second metal member 303 has an end surface 303c facing the third metal member 304, a surface 303a continuous with the end surface 303c and extending in a direction orthogonal thereto, and extending in a direction orthogonal to the end surface 303c. It has a back surface 303b, and a first notch 303d formed by cutting out a corner formed by the back surface 303b and the end surface 303c. All the notches 303d are open to the first metal member 301 side and the third metal member 304 side.
  • the first notch 303d has a first notch bottom surface 303e and a first notch side surface 303f.
  • the third metal member 304 includes an end surface 304c facing the end surface 303c, a surface 304a continuous with the end surface 304c and extending in a direction orthogonal to the end surface 304c, and a back surface 304b extending in a direction orthogonal to the end surface 304c. , And a second cutout portion 304d formed by cutting out a corner portion constituted by the back surface 304b and the end surface 304c.
  • the second notch 304d is open to the first metal member 301 side and the second metal member 303 side.
  • the second notch 304d has a second notch bottom surface 304e and a second notch side surface 304f.
  • the second notch bottom surface 304e is continuous with the end surface 304c and extends in a direction orthogonal thereto.
  • the second notch side surface 304f is formed between the second notch bottom surface 304e and the back surface 304b, and extends in a direction orthogonal to the second notch bottom surface 304e and the back surface 304b.
  • the first notch 303d and the second notch 304d are formed symmetrically with respect to the extension line of the first butting portion J52.
  • the first notch 303d and the second notch 304d constitute a single groove 305 in a state where the end face 303c and the end face 304c are abutted with each other.
  • the first notch bottom surface 303e and the second notch bottom surface 304e constitute the bottom surface 305a of the concave groove 305.
  • the first notch side surface 303f constitutes one side surface 305b of the concave groove 305
  • the second notch side surface 304f constitutes the other side surface 305c of the concave groove 305.
  • the concave groove 305 opens to the first metal member 301 side.
  • the concave groove 305 has a rectangular cross section corresponding to the shape of the first metal member 301.
  • the groove width of the concave groove 305 is formed to be equal to the plate thickness of the first metal member 301 in this embodiment.
  • the recessed groove 305 is formed so that one end edge of the first metal member 301 can be fitted.
  • the groove width of the concave groove 305 is formed to be equal to the plate thickness of the first metal member 301, and therefore the side surfaces 301b and 301c in the plate thickness direction of the first metal member 301 and the concave groove.
  • the side surfaces 305b and 305c in the groove width direction of 305 are in contact with each other, and one end edge of the first metal member 301 is fitted in the groove 305.
  • the first inner corner (inner corner) constituted by the side surface 301b of the first metal member 301 and the back surface 303b of the second metal member 303, and the side surface 301c of the first metal member 301 and the third metal member 304 are formed.
  • the rotation tool F is inserted into the second inner corner (inner corner) composed of the back surface 304b while inclining the rotation center axis.
  • friction stir welding is intermittently performed along the inner corner while the stirring pin F2 is inserted shallowly into the inner corner.
  • the plasticized region W51 is intermittently formed in a dot shape.
  • a tab material temporary bonding step is performed in which the tab material T is temporarily bonded to the end surfaces on the one end side of the second metal member 303 and the third metal member 304.
  • the thickness of the tab material T is the same as the thickness of the second metal member 303 and the third metal member 304.
  • the back surface Tb of the tab material T, the back surface 303b of the second metal member 303, and the back surface 304b of the third metal member 304 are flush with each other, and the surface Ta of the tab material T and the second metal member
  • the surface 303a of 303 and the surface 304a of the third metal member 304 are flush with each other.
  • the tab material temporary joining step the tab material T and the second metal member 303 are temporarily joined using the rotary tool F, and the tab material T and the third metal member 304 are temporarily joined.
  • the first abutting portion J52 and the second abutting are performed using the rotary tool (rotary tool for main joining) F (see FIG. 54) as in the fourteenth embodiment.
  • Part J53 is a step of full-scale friction stir welding.
  • the rotating tool F rotated to the right is inserted into the start position set on the tab material T, and the rotating tool F is relatively moved along the first butting portion J52 and the second butting portion J53.
  • a plasticizing region W52 is formed in the movement trajectory of the rotary tool F.
  • the friction stir welding is performed in a state where the connecting portion F1 is separated from the surface 203a of the second metal member 303 and the surface 304a of the third metal member 304, that is, the base end side of the stirring pin F2 is exposed. Moreover, in this embodiment, the stirring pin F2 and the 1st metal member 301, the 2nd metal member 303, and the 3rd metal member 304 contact so that the front-end
  • the insertion depth of the stirring pin F2 may be set so that the stirring pin F2 contacts only the second metal member 303 and the third metal member 304.
  • the second butted portion J53 is plastically fluidized and joined by frictional heat between the stirring pin F2, the second metal member 303, and the third metal member 304.
  • a burr removing process for removing burrs formed in the plasticized region W52 may be performed. Thereby, the surface 303a of the 2nd metal member 303 and the surface 304a of the 3rd metal member 304 can be finished finely.
  • substantially the same effect as that of the fourteenth embodiment can be obtained.
  • the first metal member 301, the second metal member 303, and the third metal member 304 can be easily positioned during the butting process.
  • the inner corner constituted by the first metal member 301 and the second metal member 303 and the first metal member 301 and the third metal member 304 are included. Spot spot joining by welding is performed along the inner corner.
  • the first inner corner (inner corner) and the first metal member constituted by the side surface 301b of the first metal member 301 and the back surface 303b of the second metal member 303 by TIG welding, MIG welding, laser welding or the like.
  • the second inner corner (inner corner) formed by the side surface 301c of the 301 and the back surface 304b of the third metal member 304 is intermittently welded.
  • the metal members are joined so as to have a T-shaped cross section, but may be joined so as to have a substantially L-shaped cross section.

Abstract

A joining method for joining a first metallic member (1) and a second metallic member (2) using a rotating tool (F) provided with a stirring pin (F2) is characterized by comprising: a butting step for butting an end surface (1a) of the first metallic member (1) against a back surface (2c) of the second metallic member (2) to form a butting portion (J1); a placement step for placing an auxiliary member (10) in a position corresponding to the first metallic member (1) within a front surface (2b) of the second metallic member (2); and a friction stir step for inserting the rotating stirring pin (F2) from the side of a front surface (10a) of the auxiliary member (10), and friction stir joining the butting portion (J1) by relatively moving the rotating tool (F) in a state in which only the stirring pin (F2) is brought into contact with the second metallic member (2) and the auxiliary member (10) or the first metallic member (1), the second metallic member (2) and the auxiliary member (10).

Description

接合方法Joining method
 本発明は、金属部材同士を摩擦攪拌接合する接合方法に関する。 The present invention relates to a joining method in which metal members are friction stir welded together.
 特許文献1,2には、金属部材同士を正面視T字状に突き合わせ、突合せ部を摩擦攪拌接合する技術が開示されている。当該従来技術は、第一金属部材の端面と第二金属部材の裏面とを突き合わせた後、第二金属部材の表面側から回転ツールを挿入して突合せ部を摩擦攪拌接合するというものである。 Patent Documents 1 and 2 disclose a technique in which metal members are butted in a T shape when viewed from the front, and the butted portion is friction stir welded. In the related art, after the end surface of the first metal member and the back surface of the second metal member are butted together, a rotating tool is inserted from the surface side of the second metal member, and the butted portion is friction stir welded.
 例えば、特許文献3には、垂直に突き合わされた金属部材同士の内隅に回転ツールの攪拌ピンのみを挿入して突合せ部の摩擦攪拌接合を行う技術が開示されている。従来の摩擦攪拌接合方法の回転ツールは、ショルダ部を備えておらず回転ツールの攪拌ピンのみを内隅に挿入するため、突合せ部の深い位置まで摩擦攪拌を行うことができる。 For example, Patent Document 3 discloses a technique for performing friction stir welding of a butted portion by inserting only a stirring pin of a rotating tool into inner corners of metal members vertically butted. The conventional rotary tool of the friction stir welding method does not include a shoulder portion, and only the stirring pin of the rotary tool is inserted into the inner corner, so that the friction stir can be performed up to a deep position of the butt portion.
特許第3947271号公報Japanese Patent No. 3947271 特許第4056587号公報Japanese Patent No. 4056587 特開2013-049072号公報JP 2013-049072 A
 従来技術であると、回転ツールのショルダ部を第二金属部材の表面に接触させて摩擦攪拌を行うため、摩擦攪拌装置にかかる負荷が大きくなるという問題がある。また、回転ツールのショルダ部を第二金部材の表面に接触させるため、塑性化領域の幅が大きくなる。第一金属部材と第二金属部材の内隅から塑性流動材が流出しないようにするためには第一金属部材の板厚を大きくしなければならない。 The conventional technique has a problem that the load applied to the friction stirrer increases because the shoulder of the rotary tool is brought into contact with the surface of the second metal member for friction stir. Further, since the shoulder portion of the rotary tool is brought into contact with the surface of the second gold member, the width of the plasticizing region is increased. In order to prevent the plastic fluid from flowing out from the inner corners of the first metal member and the second metal member, the plate thickness of the first metal member must be increased.
 また、従来技術は、第一金属部材を第二金属部材の凹溝に挿入する形態であるため、摩擦攪拌接合時に第一金属部材の長手方向に金属部材同士の位置がずれるという問題がある。また、摩擦攪拌接合時に、第二金属部材が第一金属部材に対して浮き上がるように離間して接合不良となるおそれがある。また、従来の接合方法では、回転ツールのショルダ部の下端面を第二金属部材の表面に押し込んで本接合工程を行うため、摩擦攪拌装置にかかる負荷が大きくなるという問題がある。また、回転ツールのショルダ部の下端面を第二金属部材の表面に押し込んで本接合工程を行うため、入熱量が多くなり第一金属部材及び第二金属部材の熱歪が大きくなるという問題がある。 Also, since the conventional technique is a form in which the first metal member is inserted into the concave groove of the second metal member, there is a problem that the positions of the metal members are shifted in the longitudinal direction of the first metal member during friction stir welding. Moreover, at the time of friction stir welding, there exists a possibility that it may leave | separate so that a 2nd metal member may float with respect to a 1st metal member, and it may become a joining defect. Moreover, in the conventional joining method, since the lower end surface of the shoulder part of a rotary tool is pushed in on the surface of a 2nd metal member and this joining process is performed, there exists a problem that the load concerning a friction stirring apparatus becomes large. Moreover, since the lower end surface of the shoulder portion of the rotary tool is pushed into the surface of the second metal member to perform the main joining process, there is a problem that the heat input increases and the thermal strain of the first metal member and the second metal member increases. is there.
 特許文献3の摩擦攪拌接合方法であると、ショルダ部で塑性流動化した金属を押さえないため、塑性流動化した金属が内隅の外部に溢れ出やすくなる。これにより、内隅が金属不足になるという問題がある。 In the friction stir welding method disclosed in Patent Document 3, the metal fluidized plastically in the shoulder portion is not pressed down, so that the plastic fluidized metal tends to overflow to the outside of the inner corner. As a result, there is a problem that the inner corner becomes lack of metal.
 このような観点から、本発明は、摩擦攪拌装置にかかる負荷を小さくすることができるとともに設計の自由度が高い接合方法を提供することを課題とする。
 また、本発明は、摩擦攪拌装置に係る負荷を軽減しつつ接合精度を高めることができるとともに各金属部材の熱歪を小さくすることができる接合方法を提供することを課題とする。
 また、本発明は、金属部材同士の内隅を摩擦攪拌接合する場合に、内隅の金属不足を解消することができる接合方法を提供することを課題とする。
From such a viewpoint, an object of the present invention is to provide a joining method that can reduce the load applied to the friction stirrer and has a high degree of design freedom.
Moreover, this invention makes it a subject to provide the joining method which can improve the joining precision while reducing the load concerning a friction stirrer, and can make the thermal strain of each metal member small.
Moreover, this invention makes it a subject to provide the joining method which can eliminate the metal shortage of an inner corner, when carrying out friction stir welding of the inner corner of metal members.
 このような課題を解決するために本発明は、攪拌ピンを備えた回転ツールを用いて第一金属部材と第二金属部材とを接合する接合方法であって、前記第一金属部材の端面と前記第二金属部材の裏面とを突き合わせて突合せ部を形成する突合せ工程と、前記第二金属部材の表面のうち前記第一金属部材に対応する位置に補助部材を配置する配置工程と、回転する前記攪拌ピンを前記補助部材の表面側から挿入し、前記攪拌ピンのみを、前記第二金属部材及び前記補助部材、又は、前記第一金属部材、前記第二金属部材及び補助部材に接触させた状態で前記回転ツールを相対移動させて前記突合せ部を摩擦攪拌接合する摩擦攪拌工程と、を含むことを特徴とする。 In order to solve such a problem, the present invention is a joining method for joining a first metal member and a second metal member using a rotary tool provided with a stirring pin, and includes an end face of the first metal member, A butting step of butting the back surface of the second metal member to form a butting portion, an arrangement step of placing an auxiliary member at a position corresponding to the first metal member on the surface of the second metal member, and rotation The stirring pin was inserted from the surface side of the auxiliary member, and only the stirring pin was brought into contact with the second metal member and the auxiliary member, or the first metal member, the second metal member, and the auxiliary member. And a friction stir process in which the abutting portion is friction stir welded by relatively moving the rotary tool in a state.
 かかる接合方法によれば、攪拌ピンのみを、第二金属部材及び補助部材、又は、第一金属部材、第二金属部材及び補助部材に接触させた状態で摩擦攪拌接合を行うため、従来技術に比べて摩擦攪拌装置にかかる負荷を軽減することができる。また、攪拌ピンのみを挿入するため、塑性化領域の幅を小さくすることができる。これにより、第一金属部材の板厚も小さくすることができるため、設計の自由度を高めることができる。また、第一金属部材及び第二金属部材に加えて、補助部材も摩擦攪拌接合することにより、接合部の金属不足を防ぐことができる。 According to this joining method, the friction stir welding is performed in a state where only the stirring pin is in contact with the second metal member and the auxiliary member, or the first metal member, the second metal member and the auxiliary member. In comparison, the load on the friction stirrer can be reduced. Moreover, since only the stirring pin is inserted, the width of the plasticized region can be reduced. Thereby, since the plate | board thickness of a 1st metal member can also be made small, the freedom degree of design can be raised. In addition to the first metal member and the second metal member, the auxiliary member can also be friction stir welded to prevent metal shortage at the joint.
 また、バリが形成された補助部材を前記第二金属部材から除去する除去工程を含むことが好ましい。かかる接合方法によれば、バリを補助部材ごと容易に除去することができる。 Further, it is preferable to include a removing step of removing the auxiliary member on which the burr is formed from the second metal member. According to this joining method, the burr can be easily removed together with the auxiliary member.
 また、前記摩擦攪拌工程では、前記補助部材の中央部に前記攪拌ピンを挿入することが好ましい。かかる接合方法によれば、補助部材に回転ツールを容易に挿入することができる。 In the friction stirring step, it is preferable to insert the stirring pin in the center of the auxiliary member. According to this joining method, the rotating tool can be easily inserted into the auxiliary member.
 また、前記回転ツールの回転中心軸が通る位置を接合基準線と設定した場合、前記配置工程では、前記接合基準線に対して一方側にのみ前記補助部材を配置し、前記摩擦攪拌工程では、前記補助部材に前記バリが発生するように接合条件を設定することが好ましい。 Further, when the position through which the rotation center axis of the rotary tool passes is set as a joining reference line, in the placement step, the auxiliary member is placed only on one side with respect to the joining reference line, and in the friction stirring step, It is preferable to set a joining condition so that the burr is generated in the auxiliary member.
 かかる接合方法によれば、接合基準線に対して一方側のみに配置された補助部材にバリを集約させることができるため、バリをより容易に除去することができる。 According to such a joining method, since burrs can be concentrated on the auxiliary member arranged only on one side with respect to the joining reference line, the burrs can be more easily removed.
 また、前記回転ツールの回転中心軸が通る位置を接合基準線と設定した場合、前記配置工程及び摩擦攪拌工程では、前記接合基準線を跨ぐように前記補助部材を配置するとともに、前記接合基準線に対して一方側の前記補助部材に前記バリを発生させ、かつ、前記摩擦攪拌工程後に他方側に前記補助部材が残存しないように補助部材の配置位置及び接合条件を設定することが好ましい。 Further, when the position through which the rotation center axis of the rotary tool passes is set as a joining reference line, the auxiliary member is arranged to straddle the joining reference line in the placement step and the friction stirring step, and the joining reference line In contrast, it is preferable that the burr is generated in the auxiliary member on one side, and the arrangement position and joining conditions of the auxiliary member are set so that the auxiliary member does not remain on the other side after the friction stirring step.
 かかる接合方法によれば、接合部の金属不足をバランスよく防ぐことができる。また、摩擦攪拌工程後は、一方側にのみ残存した補助部材をバリとともに除去することで、バリをより容易に除去することができる。 According to such a joining method, it is possible to prevent a metal shortage at the joint part in a well-balanced manner. Further, after the friction stirring step, the auxiliary member remaining only on one side is removed together with the burr, so that the burr can be more easily removed.
 また、本発明は、板状の第一金属部材の端面と、板状の第二金属部材の裏面とを突き合わせて突合せ部を形成する突合せ工程と、回転する仮接合用回転ツールの攪拌ピンのみを前記第一金属部材と前記第二金属部材とで構成される内隅に挿入し、前記内隅に沿ってスポット仮接合を行う仮接合工程と、回転する本接合用回転ツールを前記第二金属部材の表面側から挿入し、当該本接合用回転ツールの攪拌ピンのみを、前記第二金属部材、又は、前記第一金属部材及び前記第二金属部材の両方に接触させた状態で前記本接合用回転ツールを相対移動させて前記突合せ部を摩擦攪拌接合する本接合工程と、を含むことを特徴とする。 Further, the present invention only includes an abutting step in which an end face of the plate-like first metal member and an underside of the plate-like second metal member are abutted to form an abutting portion, and an agitating pin of a rotating tool for temporary bonding that rotates. Is inserted into an inner corner constituted by the first metal member and the second metal member, and a temporary joining step for spot temporary joining along the inner corner and a rotating tool for main joining to be rotated are provided in the second The book is inserted from the surface side of the metal member, and only the stirring pin of the rotating tool for main joining is in contact with the second metal member or both the first metal member and the second metal member. And a main joining step in which the abutting portion is frictionally stirred and joined by relatively moving the joining rotary tool.
 かかる接合方法によれば、仮接合工程で金属部材同士をスポット仮接合するため、本接合工程の際に、金属部材同士が離間することや位置ずれを防ぐことができる。これにより、接合精度を高めることができる。また、本接合工程及び仮接合工程とも、攪拌ピンのみを各金属部材に挿入するため、入熱量を少なくすることができ、各金属部材の熱歪を小さくすることができる。また、本接合工程及び仮接合工程とも、攪拌ピンのみを各金属部材に挿入するため、摩擦攪拌装置にかかる負荷を小さくすることができる。 According to such a joining method, since the metal members are temporarily spot-joined in the provisional joining step, the metal members can be separated from each other and misalignment can be prevented during the main joining step. Thereby, joining accuracy can be raised. Moreover, since only the stirring pin is inserted into each metal member in both the main joining step and the temporary joining step, the amount of heat input can be reduced, and the thermal strain of each metal member can be reduced. Moreover, since only the stirring pin is inserted into each metal member in both the main joining step and the temporary joining step, the load on the friction stirrer can be reduced.
 また、前記仮接合用回転ツールと前記本接合用回転ツールとが同一であることが好ましい。かかる接合方法によれば、仮接合工程と本接合工程の際に回転ツールを交換しなくて済むため作業効率を高めることができる。 Moreover, it is preferable that the rotary tool for temporary joining and the rotary tool for main joining are the same. According to this joining method, it is not necessary to replace the rotary tool during the temporary joining step and the main joining step, so that the working efficiency can be improved.
 また、本発明は、板状の第一金属部材の端面と、板状の第二金属部材の裏面とを突き合わせて突合せ部を形成する突合せ工程と、前記第一金属部材と前記第二金属部材とで構成される内隅に沿って溶接によるスポット仮接合を行う仮接合工程と、回転する本接合用回転ツールを前記第二金属部材の表面側から挿入し、当該本接合用回転ツールの攪拌ピンのみを、前記第二金属部材、又は、前記第一金属部材及び前記第二金属部材の両方に接触させた状態で前記本接合用回転ツールを相対移動させて前記突合せ部を摩擦攪拌接合する本接合工程と、を含むことを特徴とする。 The present invention also includes a butting step of butting the end surface of the plate-shaped first metal member and the back surface of the plate-shaped second metal member to form a butting portion, the first metal member, and the second metal member. A temporary joining step for performing spot temporary joining by welding along an inner corner constituted by the above, and a rotating tool for main joining to be rotated is inserted from the surface side of the second metal member, and the rotating tool for main joining is agitated. In the state where only the pin is in contact with the second metal member or both the first metal member and the second metal member, the rotational tool for relative welding is relatively moved to friction stir weld the butt portion. And a main joining step.
 かかる接合方法によれば、仮接合工程で金属部材同士をスポット仮接合するため、本接合工程の際に、金属部材同士が離間することや位置ずれを防ぐことができる。これにより、接合精度を高めることができる。また、仮接合工程ではスポット仮接合するとともに、本接合工程では攪拌ピンのみを各金属部材に挿入するため、入熱量を少なくすることができ、各金属部材の熱歪を小さくすることができる。また、本接合工程では、攪拌ピンのみを各金属部材に挿入するため、摩擦攪拌装置にかかる負荷を小さくすることができる。  According to such a joining method, since the metal members are temporarily spot-joined in the provisional joining step, the metal members can be separated from each other and misalignment can be prevented during the main joining step. Thereby, joining accuracy can be raised. In addition, spot temporary bonding is performed in the temporary bonding process, and only the stirring pin is inserted into each metal member in the main bonding process. Therefore, the amount of heat input can be reduced, and the thermal strain of each metal member can be decreased. Moreover, since only a stirring pin is inserted in each metal member in this joining process, the load concerning a friction stirring apparatus can be made small.
 また、前記溶接は、TIG溶接、MIG溶接又はレーザー溶接であることが好ましい。 The welding is preferably TIG welding, MIG welding or laser welding.
 また、本発明は、板状を呈し裏面に凹溝を有する第一金属部材の前記凹溝に板状の第二金属部材の端面を挿入して端面を前記凹溝の底面に突き合わせて突合せ部を形成する突合せ工程と、前記第一金属部材の裏面と前記第二金属部材の側面とで形成される内隅に補助部材を配置する補助部材配置工程と、前記内隅から回転ツールの攪拌ピンを挿入し、前記回転ツールを前記内隅に沿って相対移動させて、内隅を摩擦攪拌接合する内隅摩擦攪拌工程と、前記第一金属部材の表面側から回転ツールの攪拌ピンを挿入し、前記回転ツールを前記凹溝に沿って相対移動させて、前記突合せ部を摩擦攪拌接合する突合部摩擦攪拌工程と、を含み、前記内隅摩擦攪拌工程において、前記攪拌ピンのみを前記第一金属部材、前記第二金属部材及び前記補助部材に接触させた状態で、前記内隅を摩擦攪拌接合し、前記突合部摩擦攪拌工程において、前記攪拌ピンを前記第一金属部材のみ、又は前記第一金属部材及び前記第二金属部材の両方に接触させた状態で、前記突合せ部を摩擦攪拌接合することを特徴とする。 Further, the present invention provides a butt portion by inserting the end surface of the plate-like second metal member into the groove of the first metal member having a plate shape and having a groove on the back surface, and butting the end surface against the bottom surface of the groove. An abutting step for forming an auxiliary member, an auxiliary member disposing step for disposing an auxiliary member at an inner corner formed by a back surface of the first metal member and a side surface of the second metal member, and a stirring pin of the rotary tool from the inner corner And inserting the rotating tool stirring pin from the surface side of the first metal member, by relatively moving the rotating tool along the inner corner and friction stir welding the inner corner. A butt portion friction stirring step of relatively moving the rotary tool along the concave groove to friction stir weld the butt portion, and in the inner corner friction stirring step, only the stirring pin is the first Metal member, second metal member and auxiliary The inner corners are friction stir welded in contact with the material, and the stir pin is only the first metal member or both the first metal member and the second metal member in the butt friction friction stir step. The butt portion is friction stir welded in a state in which the butt portion is brought into contact with.
 かかる方法によれば、内隅に補助部材を配置し、補助部材を介して内隅の摩擦攪拌接合を行う。これにより、補助部材によって内隅の金属不足を解消できるので、接合不良を防ぐことができる。
 また、かかる方法によれば、内隅に摩擦攪拌接合を行っているので、突合部摩擦攪拌工程時における第一金属部材及び第二金属部材同士の位置ずれや離間を防ぐことができる。これにより、第一金属部材及び第二金属部材の位置ずれや離間に伴う接合不良の発生を防ぐことができる。
 また、かかる方法によれば、第一金属部材には凹溝が形成されているので、第一金属部材の凹溝が形成されている部分の板厚は、他の部分の板厚よりも薄い。これにより、突合部摩擦攪拌工程では、凹溝が形成されない場合に比べて攪拌ピンを挿入する深さを浅くすることができるので、摩擦攪拌装置に大きな負荷がかからない状態で、突合せ部の摩擦攪拌接合を行うことができる。
According to this method, the auxiliary member is disposed in the inner corner, and the friction stir welding of the inner corner is performed via the auxiliary member. Thereby, since the metal shortage of the inner corner can be solved by the auxiliary member, it is possible to prevent the bonding failure.
Moreover, according to this method, since the friction stir welding is performed at the inner corner, it is possible to prevent the first metal member and the second metal member from being displaced or separated from each other during the abutting portion friction stirring step. Thereby, generation | occurrence | production of the joining defect accompanying the position shift and separation | spacing of a 1st metal member and a 2nd metal member can be prevented.
Moreover, according to this method, since the concave groove is formed in the first metal member, the thickness of the portion of the first metal member where the concave groove is formed is thinner than the thickness of the other portion. . As a result, in the butt portion friction agitation process, the depth at which the agitation pin is inserted can be reduced compared to the case where the concave groove is not formed. Bonding can be performed.
 また、前記突合部摩擦攪拌工程において、前記回転ツールの攪拌ピンのみを前記第一金属部材の表面から挿入し、前記攪拌ピンのみを前記第一金属部材のみ、又は前記第一金属部材及び前記第二金属部材の両方に接触させた状態で、前記突合せ部を摩擦攪拌接合することが好ましい。 Further, in the abutting portion friction stirring step, only the stirring pin of the rotating tool is inserted from the surface of the first metal member, and only the stirring pin is only the first metal member, or the first metal member and the first metal member. The butt portion is preferably friction stir welded while being in contact with both of the two metal members.
 これにより、回転ツールの攪拌ピンのみを金属部材に接触させているので、塑性化領域の幅を狭くすることができる。塑性化領域の幅を狭くすることができれば、第二金属部材の板厚が小さい場合に有利となる。また、回転ツールの攪拌ピンのみを金属部材に接触させることにより、摩擦攪拌装置に大きな負荷がかからない状態で深い位置まで摩擦攪拌できるため、第一金属部材の板厚が大きい場合に有利となる。 This makes it possible to reduce the width of the plasticizing region because only the stirring pin of the rotary tool is in contact with the metal member. If the width of the plasticized region can be reduced, it is advantageous when the thickness of the second metal member is small. In addition, by bringing only the stirring pin of the rotary tool into contact with the metal member, friction stirring can be performed to a deep position without applying a large load to the friction stirring device, which is advantageous when the plate thickness of the first metal member is large.
 また、前記突合部摩擦攪拌工程において、前記回転ツールは、円柱状を呈するショルダ部と前記ショルダ部から垂下する攪拌ピンとを有し、前記ショルダ部の直径を前記凹溝の幅よりも小さく設定することが好ましい。 Further, in the abutting portion friction stirring step, the rotating tool has a shoulder portion having a cylindrical shape and an agitating pin depending from the shoulder portion, and the diameter of the shoulder portion is set smaller than the width of the concave groove. It is preferable.
 これにより、回転ツールのショルダ部を金属部材に押し込んでいるので、バリの発生を少なくすることができる。なお、ショルダ部の押し込み量を小さくすると、塑性化領域の溝が浅くなるので、第一金属部材の表面をきれいに仕上げることができる。また、ショルダ部の直径を凹溝の幅よりも小さく形成するので、回転ツールの攪拌ピンによって塑性流動化した材料が、第一金属部材と第二金属部材との内隅から飛び出ることを防止することができる。 This makes it possible to reduce the occurrence of burrs because the shoulder of the rotary tool is pushed into the metal member. In addition, since the groove | channel of a plasticization area | region will become shallow if the pushing amount of a shoulder part is made small, the surface of a 1st metal member can be finished finely. Moreover, since the diameter of the shoulder portion is formed to be smaller than the width of the concave groove, the material plastically fluidized by the stirring pin of the rotary tool is prevented from jumping out from the inner corners of the first metal member and the second metal member. be able to.
 また、バリが形成された前記補助部材を前記第一金属部材又は前記第二金属部材から除去する除去工程を含むことが好ましい。これにより、バリを補助部材ごと容易に除去することができる。 Further, it is preferable to include a removing step of removing the auxiliary member on which the burr is formed from the first metal member or the second metal member. Thereby, a burr | flash can be easily removed with the auxiliary member.
 また、前記内隅摩擦攪拌工程では、摩擦攪拌接合で発生するバリが前記補助部材に形成されるように、前記回転ツールの接合条件を設定することが好ましい。これにより、バリをより容易に除去することができる。 In the inner corner friction stir step, it is preferable to set the joining conditions of the rotating tool so that burrs generated in the friction stir welding are formed on the auxiliary member. Thereby, a burr | flash can be removed more easily.
 また、本発明は、板状を呈し裏面側の角部を切り欠いた第一金属部材の端面と板状を呈し裏面側の角部を切り欠いた第三金属部材の端面とを突き合わせて凹溝を有する第一突合せ部を形成するとともに、前記凹溝に板状の第二金属部材の端面を挿入して端面を前記凹溝の底面に突き合わせて第二突合せ部を形成する突合せ工程と、前記第一金属部材の裏面と前記第二金属部材の側面とで形成される内隅に補助部材を配置するとともに、前記第三金属部材の裏面と前記第二金属部材の側面とで形成される内隅に補助部材を配置する補助部材配置工程と、前記内隅から回転ツールの攪拌ピンを挿入し、前記回転ツールを前記内隅に沿って相対移動させて、前記内隅を摩擦攪拌接合する内隅摩擦攪拌工程と、前記第一金属部材の表面側及び前記第三金属部材の表面側から回転ツールの攪拌ピンを挿入し、前記回転ツールを前記凹溝に沿って相対移動させて、前記第一突合せ部及び前記第二突合せ部を摩擦攪拌接合する突合部摩擦攪拌工程と、を含み、前記内隅摩擦攪拌工程において、前記攪拌ピンのみを前記第一金属部材及び前記第三金属部材の何れか一方、前記第二金属部材並びに前記補助部材に接触させた状態で、前記内隅を摩擦攪拌接合し、前記突合部摩擦攪拌工程において、前記攪拌ピンを前記第一金属部材及び前記第三金属部材のみ、又は前記第一金属部材、前記第三金属部材及び前記第二金属部材に接触させた状態で、前記第一突合せ部及び前記第二突合せ部を摩擦攪拌接合することを特徴とする。 In addition, the present invention provides a plate-like end surface of the first metal member that has a notched corner on the back surface and a plate-shaped end surface of the third metal member that has a notched corner on the back surface. Forming a first butting portion having a groove, and inserting the end face of the plate-like second metal member into the concave groove, butting the end face to the bottom surface of the concave groove to form a second butting portion; An auxiliary member is disposed at an inner corner formed by the back surface of the first metal member and the side surface of the second metal member, and is formed by the back surface of the third metal member and the side surface of the second metal member. Auxiliary member placement step of placing an auxiliary member in the inner corner, and inserting a stirring pin of a rotating tool from the inner corner, and relatively moving the rotating tool along the inner corner, thereby friction stir welding the inner corner Inner corner friction stirring step, surface side of the first metal member and the first Abutting portion friction stirrer that inserts a stirring pin of a rotating tool from the surface side of the metal member and relatively moves the rotating tool along the concave groove to friction stir weld the first butting portion and the second butting portion. And in the inner corner friction stirring step, only the stirring pin is in contact with either the first metal member or the third metal member, the second metal member, and the auxiliary member. The inner corner is friction stir welded, and in the butt friction friction stir step, the stir pin is only the first metal member and the third metal member, or the first metal member, the third metal member and the first The first butted portion and the second butted portion are friction stir welded while being in contact with a bimetallic member.
 かかる方法によれば、内隅に補助部材を配置し、補助部材を介して内隅の摩擦攪拌接合を行う。これにより、補助部材によって内隅の金属不足を解消できるので、接合不良を防ぐことができる。
 また、かかる方法によれば、内隅に摩擦攪拌接合を行っているので、突合部摩擦攪拌工程時における第一金属部材及び第二金属部材同士並びに第三金属部材及び第二金属部材同士の位置ずれや離間を防ぐことができる。これにより、第一金属部材、第二金属部材及び第三金属部材の位置ずれや離間に伴う接合不良の発生を防ぐことができる。
 また、かかる方法によれば、凹溝が形成される部分の第一金属部材および第三金属部材の板厚は、他の部分の板厚よりも薄い。これにより、突合部摩擦攪拌工程では、凹溝が形成されない場合に比べて攪拌ピンを挿入する深さを浅くすることができるので、摩擦攪拌装置に大きな負荷がかからない状態で、突合せ部の摩擦攪拌接合を行うことができる。
According to this method, the auxiliary member is disposed in the inner corner, and the friction stir welding of the inner corner is performed via the auxiliary member. Thereby, since the metal shortage of the inner corner can be solved by the auxiliary member, it is possible to prevent the bonding failure.
Moreover, according to this method, since the friction stir welding is performed at the inner corner, the positions of the first metal member and the second metal member and the third metal member and the second metal member at the time of the butt portion friction stirring step Deviation and separation can be prevented. Thereby, generation | occurrence | production of the joining defect accompanying the position shift and separation | spacing of a 1st metal member, a 2nd metal member, and a 3rd metal member can be prevented.
Moreover, according to this method, the plate | board thickness of the 1st metal member and the 3rd metal member of the part in which a ditch | groove is formed is thinner than the plate | board thickness of another part. As a result, in the butt portion friction agitation process, the depth at which the agitation pin is inserted can be reduced compared to the case where the concave groove is not formed. Bonding can be performed.
 また、本発明は、攪拌ピンを備えた回転ツールを用いて第一金属部材と第二金属部材とを接合する接合方法であって、裏面に凹溝を有する前記第二金属部材の前記凹溝に、前記第一金属部材の端面を挿入して前記端面を前記凹溝の底面に突き合わせて突合せ部を形成する突合せ工程と、前記第二金属部材の表面のうち前記第一金属部材に対応する位置に補助部材を配置する配置工程と、回転する前記攪拌ピンを前記補助部材の表面側から挿入し、前記攪拌ピンのみを、前記第二金属部材及び前記補助部材、又は、前記第一金属部材、前記第二金属部材及び補助部材に接触させた状態で前記回転ツールを相対移動させて前記突合せ部を摩擦攪拌接合する摩擦攪拌工程と、を含むことを特徴とする。 Moreover, this invention is a joining method which joins a 1st metal member and a 2nd metal member using the rotary tool provided with the stirring pin, Comprising: The said ditch | groove of the said 2nd metal member which has a ditch | groove on the back surface A matching step of inserting an end surface of the first metal member and butting the end surface against the bottom surface of the concave groove to form a butting portion, and corresponding to the first metal member among the surfaces of the second metal member An arrangement step of arranging an auxiliary member at a position, and the rotating stirring pin is inserted from the surface side of the auxiliary member, and only the stirring pin is inserted into the second metal member and the auxiliary member, or the first metal member. And a friction stir step in which the rotating tool is relatively moved while being in contact with the second metal member and the auxiliary member, and the abutting portion is friction stir welded.
 かかる接合方法によれば、攪拌ピンのみを、第二金属部材及び補助部材、又は、第一金属部材、第二金属部材及び補助部材に接触させた状態で摩擦攪拌接合を行うため、従来技術に比べて摩擦攪拌装置にかかる負荷を軽減することができる。また、攪拌ピンのみを挿入するため、塑性化領域の幅を小さくすることができる。これにより、第一金属部材の板厚も小さくすることができるため、設計の自由度を高めることができる。また、第一金属部材及び第二金属部材に加えて、補助部材も摩擦攪拌接合することにより、接合部の金属不足を防ぐことができる。さらに、第二金属部材の凹溝に第一金属部材の端面を挿入して当該端面を凹溝の底面に突き合わせるため、突合せ工程時に第一金属部材と第二金属部材との位置ずれを防ぐことができる。 According to this joining method, the friction stir welding is performed in a state where only the stirring pin is in contact with the second metal member and the auxiliary member, or the first metal member, the second metal member and the auxiliary member. In comparison, the load on the friction stirrer can be reduced. Moreover, since only the stirring pin is inserted, the width of the plasticized region can be reduced. Thereby, since the plate | board thickness of a 1st metal member can also be made small, the freedom degree of design can be raised. In addition to the first metal member and the second metal member, the auxiliary member can also be friction stir welded to prevent metal shortage at the joint. Furthermore, since the end surface of the first metal member is inserted into the groove of the second metal member and the end surface is abutted against the bottom surface of the groove, misalignment between the first metal member and the second metal member is prevented during the abutting process. be able to.
 また、バリが形成された前記補助部材を前記第二金属部材から除去する除去工程を含むことが好ましい。かかる接合方法によれば、バリを補助部材ごと容易に除去することができる。 Further, it is preferable to include a removing step of removing the auxiliary member on which the burr is formed from the second metal member. According to this joining method, the burr can be easily removed together with the auxiliary member.
 また、前記摩擦攪拌工程では、前記補助部材の中央部に前記攪拌ピンを挿入することが好ましい。かかる接合方法によれば、補助部材に回転ツールを容易に挿入することができる。 In the friction stirring step, it is preferable to insert the stirring pin in the center of the auxiliary member. According to this joining method, the rotating tool can be easily inserted into the auxiliary member.
 また、前記回転ツールの回転中心軸が通る位置を接合基準線と設定した場合、前記配置工程では、前記接合基準線に対して一方側にのみ前記補助部材を配置し、前記摩擦攪拌工程では、前記補助部材に前記バリが発生するように接合条件を設定することが好ましい。 Further, when the position through which the rotation center axis of the rotary tool passes is set as a joining reference line, in the placement step, the auxiliary member is placed only on one side with respect to the joining reference line, and in the friction stirring step, It is preferable to set a joining condition so that the burr is generated in the auxiliary member.
 かかる接合方法によれば、接合基準線に対して一方側のみに配置された補助部材にバリを集約させることができるため、バリをより容易に除去することができる。 According to such a joining method, since burrs can be concentrated on the auxiliary member arranged only on one side with respect to the joining reference line, the burrs can be more easily removed.
 また、前記回転ツールの回転中心軸が通る位置を接合基準線と設定した場合、前記配置工程及び前記摩擦攪拌工程では、前記接合基準線を跨ぐように前記補助部材を配置するとともに、前記接合基準線に対して一方側の前記補助部材に前記バリを発生させ、かつ、前記摩擦攪拌工程後に他方側に前記補助部材が残存しないように補助部材の配置位置及び接合条件を設定することが好ましい。 Further, when the position through which the rotation center axis of the rotary tool passes is set as a joining reference line, in the placement step and the friction stirring step, the auxiliary member is placed across the joining reference line, and the joining reference It is preferable that the burr is generated in the auxiliary member on one side with respect to the line, and the arrangement position and joining conditions of the auxiliary member are set so that the auxiliary member does not remain on the other side after the friction stirring step.
 かかる接合方法によれば、接合部の金属不足をバランスよく防ぐことができる。また、摩擦攪拌工程後は、一方側にのみ残存した補助部材をバリとともに除去することで、バリをより容易に除去することができる。 According to such a joining method, it is possible to prevent a metal shortage at the joint part in a well-balanced manner. Further, after the friction stirring step, the auxiliary member remaining only on one side is removed together with the burr, so that the burr can be more easily removed.
 また、このような課題を解決するために本発明は、攪拌ピンを備えた回転ツールを用いて第一金属部材と第二金属部材と第三金属部材とを接合する接合方法であって、板状を呈し裏面側の角部を切り欠いた前記第二金属部材の端面と板状を呈し裏面側の角部を切り欠いた前記第三金属部材の端面とを突き合わせて凹溝及び第一突合せ部を形成するとともに、前記凹溝に板状の前記第一金属部材の端面を挿入して端面を前記凹溝の底面に突き合わせて第二突合せ部を形成する突合せ工程と、前記第二金属部材と前記第三金属部材の表面のうち前記第一金属部材に対応する位置に補助部材を配置する配置工程と、前記補助部材の表面側から前記回転ツールの前記攪拌ピンを挿入し、前記回転ツールを前記凹溝に沿って相対移動させて、前記第一突合せ部及び前記第二突合せ部を摩擦攪拌接合する摩擦攪拌工程と、を含み、前記摩擦攪拌工程において、前記攪拌ピンのみを前記第二金属部材、前記第三金属部材及び前記補助部材、又は前記第二金属部材、前記第三金属部材、前記第一金属部材及び前記補助部材に接触させた状態で、前記第一突合せ部及び前記第二突合せ部を摩擦攪拌接合することを特徴とする。 Moreover, in order to solve such a problem, the present invention is a joining method for joining a first metal member, a second metal member, and a third metal member using a rotary tool equipped with a stirring pin, The end surface of the second metal member that has a shape and has a corner on the back side cut out, and the end surface of the third metal member that has a plate shape and has a corner on the back side cut out to form a groove and a first butt A step of forming a second abutting portion by forming a second abutting portion by inserting an end surface of the plate-like first metal member into the concave groove and abutting the end surface against the bottom surface of the concave groove; And arranging the auxiliary member at a position corresponding to the first metal member among the surfaces of the third metal member, and inserting the stirring pin of the rotary tool from the surface side of the auxiliary member, Are moved relative to each other along the groove, and the first A friction stirring step of friction stir welding the mating portion and the second butting portion, and in the friction stirring step, only the stirring pin is connected to the second metal member, the third metal member and the auxiliary member, or the The first butted portion and the second butted portion are friction stir welded in contact with the second metal member, the third metal member, the first metal member, and the auxiliary member.
 かかる接合方法によれば、攪拌ピンのみを、第二金属部材、第三金属部材及び補助部材、又は、第二金属部材、第三金属部材、第一金属部材及び補助部材に接触させた状態で摩擦攪拌接合を行うため、従来技術に比べて摩擦攪拌装置にかかる負荷を軽減することができる。また、攪拌ピンのみを挿入するため、塑性化領域の幅を小さくすることができる。これにより、第一金属部材の板厚も小さくすることができるため、設計の自由度を高めることができる。また、第一金属部材、第二金属部材及び第三金属部材に加えて、補助部材も摩擦攪拌接合することにより、接合部の金属不足を防ぐことができる。さらに、第二金属部材と第三金属部材を突き合わせて形成される凹溝に第一金属部材の端面を挿入して当該端面を凹溝の底面に突き合わせるため、突合せ工程時に第一金属部材と第二金属部材と第三金属部材との位置ずれを防ぐことができる。 According to this joining method, only the stirring pin is in contact with the second metal member, the third metal member and the auxiliary member, or the second metal member, the third metal member, the first metal member and the auxiliary member. Since the friction stir welding is performed, the load applied to the friction stirrer can be reduced as compared with the prior art. Moreover, since only the stirring pin is inserted, the width of the plasticized region can be reduced. Thereby, since the plate | board thickness of a 1st metal member can also be made small, the freedom degree of design can be raised. In addition to the first metal member, the second metal member, and the third metal member, the auxiliary member can also be friction stir welded to prevent a metal shortage at the joint. Further, the end surface of the first metal member is inserted into the groove formed by abutting the second metal member and the third metal member and the end surface is abutted against the bottom surface of the groove, Position shift between the second metal member and the third metal member can be prevented.
 また、バリが形成された前記補助部材を前記第二金属部材及び前記第三金属部材から除去する除去工程を含むことが好ましい。かかる接合方法によれば、バリを補助部材ごと容易に除去することができる。 Further, it is preferable to include a removing step of removing the auxiliary member on which the burr is formed from the second metal member and the third metal member. According to this joining method, the burr can be easily removed together with the auxiliary member.
 また、前記摩擦攪拌工程では、前記補助部材の中央部に前記攪拌ピンを挿入することが好ましい。かかる接合方法によれば、補助部材に回転ツールを容易に挿入することができる。 In the friction stirring step, it is preferable to insert the stirring pin in the center of the auxiliary member. According to this joining method, the rotating tool can be easily inserted into the auxiliary member.
 また、前記配置工程では、前記第一突合せ部に対して一方側にのみ前記補助部材を配置し、前記摩擦攪拌工程では、前記補助部材に前記バリが発生するように接合条件を設定することが好ましい。 Further, in the arranging step, the auxiliary member is arranged only on one side with respect to the first butting portion, and in the friction stirring step, a joining condition is set so that the burr is generated in the auxiliary member. preferable.
 かかる接合方法によれば、第一突合せ部に対して一方側のみに配置された補助部材にバリを集約させることができるため、バリをより容易に除去することができる。 According to such a joining method, since burrs can be concentrated on the auxiliary member arranged only on one side with respect to the first butting portion, the burrs can be more easily removed.
 また、前記配置工程及び前記摩擦攪拌工程では、前記第一突合せ部を跨ぐように前記補助部材を配置するとともに、前記第一突合せ部に対して一方側の前記補助部材に前記バリを発生させ、かつ、前記摩擦攪拌工程後に他方側に前記補助部材が残存しないように補助部材の配置位置及び接合条件を設定することが好ましい。 Moreover, in the arrangement step and the friction stirring step, the auxiliary member is arranged so as to straddle the first abutting portion, and the burr is generated in the auxiliary member on one side with respect to the first abutting portion, And it is preferable to set the arrangement | positioning position and joining conditions of an auxiliary member so that the said auxiliary member may not remain on the other side after the said friction stirring process.
 かかる接合方法によれば、接合部の金属不足をバランスよく防ぐことができる。また、摩擦攪拌工程後は、一方側にのみ残存した補助部材をバリとともに除去することで、バリをより容易に除去することができる。 According to such a joining method, it is possible to prevent a metal shortage at the joint part in a well-balanced manner. Further, after the friction stirring step, the auxiliary member remaining only on one side is removed together with the burr, so that the burr can be more easily removed.
 また、本発明は、板状を呈し裏面に凹溝を有する第二金属部材の前記凹溝に、板状の第一金属部材の端面を挿入して前記端面を前記凹溝の底面に突き合わせて突合せ部を形成する突合せ工程と、回転する仮接合用回転ツールの攪拌ピンのみを前記第一金属部材と前記第二金属部材とで構成される内隅に挿入し、前記内隅に沿ってスポット仮接合を行う仮接合工程と、回転する本接合用回転ツールを前記第二金属部材の表面側から挿入し、当該本接合用回転ツールの攪拌ピンのみを、前記第二金属部材、又は、前記第一金属部材及び前記第二金属部材の両方に接触させた状態で前記本接合用回転ツールを相対移動させて前記突合せ部を摩擦攪拌接合する本接合工程と、を含むことを特徴とする。
 また、本発明は、板状を呈し裏面側の角部を切り欠いた第二金属部材の端面と板状を呈し裏面側の角部を切り欠いた第三金属部材の端面とを突き合わせて凹溝及び第一突合せ部を形成するとともに、前記凹溝に板状の第一金属部材の端面を挿入して端面を前記凹溝の底面に突き合わせて第二突合せ部を形成する突合せ工程と、回転する仮接合用回転ツールの攪拌ピンのみを前記第一金属部材と前記第二金属部材とで構成される内隅及び前記第一金属部材と前記第三金属部材とで構成される内隅に挿入し、前記内隅に沿ってスポット仮接合を行う仮接合工程と、回転する本接合用回転ツールを前記第二金属部材及び前記第三金属部材の表面側から挿入し、当該本接合用回転ツールの攪拌ピンのみを、前記第二金属部材及び前記第三金属部材、又は、前記第一金属部材、前記第二金属部材及び前記第三金属部材に接触させた状態で前記本接合用回転ツールを相対移動させて前記第一突合せ部及び前記第二突合せ部を摩擦攪拌接合する本接合工程と、を含むことを特徴とする。
Moreover, this invention inserts the end surface of a plate-shaped 1st metal member in the said ditch | groove of the 2nd metal member which exhibits a plate shape and has a ditch | groove on the back surface, and matches the said end surface with the bottom face of the said ditch | groove. Inserting only the stirring pin of the butting step for forming the butting portion and the rotating tool for rotating temporary bonding into the inner corner constituted by the first metal member and the second metal member, and spotting along the inner corner A temporary joining step for performing temporary joining and a rotating tool for main joining to rotate are inserted from the surface side of the second metal member, and only the stirring pin of the rotating tool for main joining is used for the second metal member or the A main joining step of frictionally stir welding the butt portion by relatively moving the rotary tool for main joining in a state of being in contact with both the first metal member and the second metal member.
In addition, the present invention provides a plate-like end surface of the second metal member that has a notched corner on the back surface and a plate-shaped end surface of the third metal member that has a notched corner on the back surface. A step of forming a groove and a first abutting portion, inserting an end face of a plate-like first metal member into the concave groove and abutting the end face against the bottom surface of the concave groove to form a second abutting portion; and rotation Insert only the stirring pin of the rotary tool for temporary joining into the inner corner composed of the first metal member and the second metal member and the inner corner composed of the first metal member and the third metal member. Then, a temporary bonding step for performing spot temporary bonding along the inner corner and a rotating tool for main bonding to be rotated are inserted from the surface side of the second metal member and the third metal member, and the rotating tool for main bonding is performed. Only the stirring pin of the second metal member and the third metal member, The first butting portion and the second butting portion are friction stir welded by relatively moving the main welding rotary tool in contact with the first metal member, the second metal member and the third metal member. And a main joining step.
 かかる接合方法によれば、仮接合工程で金属部材同士をスポット仮接合するため、本接合工程の際に、金属部材同士が離間することや位置ずれを防ぐことができる。これにより、接合精度を高めることができる。また、本接合工程及び仮接合工程とも、攪拌ピンのみを各金属部材に挿入するため、入熱量を少なくすることができ、各金属部材の熱歪を小さくすることができる。また、本接合工程及び仮接合工程とも、攪拌ピンのみを各金属部材に挿入するため、摩擦攪拌装置にかかる負荷を小さくすることができる。 According to such a joining method, since the metal members are temporarily spot-joined in the provisional joining step, the metal members can be separated from each other and misalignment can be prevented during the main joining step. Thereby, joining accuracy can be raised. Moreover, since only the stirring pin is inserted into each metal member in both the main joining step and the temporary joining step, the amount of heat input can be reduced, and the thermal strain of each metal member can be reduced. Moreover, since only the stirring pin is inserted into each metal member in both the main joining step and the temporary joining step, the load on the friction stirrer can be reduced.
 また、前記仮接合用回転ツールと前記本接合用回転ツールとが同一であることが好ましい。かかる接合方法によれば、仮接合工程と本接合工程の際に回転ツールを交換しなくて済むため作業効率を高めることができる。 Moreover, it is preferable that the rotary tool for temporary joining and the rotary tool for main joining are the same. According to this joining method, it is not necessary to replace the rotary tool during the temporary joining step and the main joining step, so that the working efficiency can be improved.
 また、本発明は、板状を呈し裏面に凹溝を有する第二金属部材の前記凹溝に、板状の第一金属部材の端面を挿入して前記端面を前記凹溝の底面に突き合わせて突合せ部を形成する突合せ工程と、前記第一金属部材と前記第二金属部材とで構成される内隅に沿って溶接によるスポット仮接合を行う仮接合工程と、回転する本接合用回転ツールを前記第二金属部材の表面側から挿入し、当該本接合用回転ツールの攪拌ピンのみを、前記第二金属部材、又は、前記第一金属部材及び前記第二金属部材の両方に接触させた状態で前記本接合用回転ツールを相対移動させて前記突合せ部を摩擦攪拌接合する本接合工程と、を含むことを特徴とする。
 また、本発明は、板状を呈し裏面側の角部を切り欠いた第二金属部材の端面と板状を呈し裏面側の角部を切り欠いた第三金属部材の端面とを突き合わせて凹溝及び第一突合せ部を形成するとともに、前記凹溝に板状の第一金属部材の端面を挿入して端面を前記凹溝の底面に突き合わせて第二突合せ部を形成する突合せ工程と、前記第一金属部材と前記第二金属部材とで構成される内隅及び前記第一金属部材と前記第三金属部材とで構成される内隅に沿って溶接によるスポット仮接合を行う仮接合工程と、回転する本接合用回転ツールを前記第二金属部材及び前記第三金属部材の表面側から挿入し、当該本接合用回転ツールの攪拌ピンのみを、前記第二金属部材及び前記第三金属部材、又は、前記第一金属部材、前記第二金属部材及び前記第三金属部材に接触させた状態で前記本接合用回転ツールを相対移動させて前記第一突合せ部及び前記第二突合せ部を摩擦攪拌接合する本接合工程と、を含むことを特徴とする。
Moreover, this invention inserts the end surface of a plate-shaped 1st metal member in the said ditch | groove of the 2nd metal member which exhibits a plate shape and has a ditch | groove on the back surface, and matches the said end surface with the bottom face of the said ditch | groove. A butting step for forming a butting portion, a temporary joining step for performing spot temporary joining by welding along an inner corner constituted by the first metal member and the second metal member, and a rotating tool for main joining to rotate. Inserted from the surface side of the second metal member, and only the stirring pin of the main welding rotary tool is in contact with the second metal member or both the first metal member and the second metal member And a main joining step in which the abutting portion is friction stir welded by relatively moving the main welding rotary tool.
In addition, the present invention provides a plate-like end surface of the second metal member that has a notched corner on the back surface and a plate-shaped end surface of the third metal member that has a notched corner on the back surface. A butting step of forming a groove and a first abutting part, inserting an end face of a plate-like first metal member into the concave groove and abutting the end face against the bottom surface of the concave groove to form a second abutting part; A temporary joining step of performing spot temporary joining by welding along an inner corner constituted by the first metal member and the second metal member and an inner corner constituted by the first metal member and the third metal member; The rotating tool for main joining to be rotated is inserted from the surface side of the second metal member and the third metal member, and only the stirring pin of the rotating tool for main joining is inserted into the second metal member and the third metal member. Or the first metal member, the second metal member and the third Said rotary tool for the joint in a state in contact with the genus members are relatively moved, characterized in that it comprises, a main bonding step of friction stir welding said first abutting portion and the second abutting section.
 かかる接合方法によれば、仮接合工程で金属部材同士をスポット仮接合するため、本接合工程の際に、金属部材同士が離間することや位置ずれを防ぐことができる。これにより、接合精度を高めることができる。また、仮接合工程ではスポット仮接合するとともに、本接合工程では攪拌ピンのみを各金属部材に挿入するため、入熱量を少なくすることができ、各金属部材の熱歪を小さくすることができる。また、本接合工程では、攪拌ピンのみを各金属部材に挿入するため、摩擦攪拌装置にかかる負荷を小さくすることができる。 According to such a joining method, since the metal members are temporarily spot-joined in the provisional joining step, the metal members can be separated from each other and misalignment can be prevented during the main joining step. Thereby, joining accuracy can be raised. In addition, spot temporary bonding is performed in the temporary bonding process, and only the stirring pin is inserted into each metal member in the main bonding process. Therefore, the amount of heat input can be reduced, and the thermal strain of each metal member can be decreased. Moreover, since only a stirring pin is inserted in each metal member in this joining process, the load concerning a friction stirring apparatus can be made small.
 また、前記溶接は、TIG溶接、MIG溶接又はレーザー溶接であることが好ましい。 The welding is preferably TIG welding, MIG welding or laser welding.
 本発明に係る接合方法によれば、摩擦攪拌装置にかかる負荷を小さくすることができるとともに、設計の自由度を高めることができる。
 また、本発明に係る接合方法によれば、摩擦攪拌装置に係る負荷を軽減しつつ接合精度を高めることができるとともに各金属部材の熱歪を小さくすることができる。
 また、本発明に係る接合方法によれば、金属部材同士の内隅を摩擦攪拌接合する場合に、内隅の金属不足を解消することができる。
According to the joining method according to the present invention, the load applied to the friction stirrer can be reduced and the degree of freedom in design can be increased.
Moreover, according to the joining method which concerns on this invention, while reducing the load concerning a friction stirrer, a joining precision can be raised and the thermal strain of each metal member can be made small.
Moreover, according to the joining method which concerns on this invention, when performing friction stir welding of the inner corners of metal members, the metal shortage of an inner corner can be eliminated.
本発明の第一実施形態に係る接合方法の突合せ工程及び配置工程を示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows the butt | matching process and arrangement | positioning process of the joining method which concern on 1st embodiment of this invention. 第一実施形態に係る接合方法の摩擦攪拌工程を示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows the friction stirring process of the joining method which concerns on 1st embodiment. 第一実施形態に係る接合方法の除去工程を示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows the removal process of the joining method which concerns on 1st embodiment. 第一実施形態に係る接合方法の除去工程後を示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows after the removal process of the joining method which concerns on 1st embodiment. 第二実施形態に係る接合方法の突合せ工程及び配置工程を示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows the butt | matching process and arrangement | positioning process of the joining method which concern on 2nd embodiment. 第二実施形態に係る接合方法の摩擦攪拌工程を示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows the friction stirring process of the joining method which concerns on 2nd embodiment. 第二実施形態に係る接合方法の除去工程を示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows the removal process of the joining method which concerns on 2nd embodiment. 第三実施形態に係る接合方法の突合せ工程及び配置工程を示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows the butt | matching process and arrangement | positioning process of the joining method which concern on 3rd embodiment. 第三実施形態に係る接合方法の摩擦攪拌工程を示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows the friction stirring process of the joining method which concerns on 3rd embodiment. 第三実施形態に係る接合方法の除去工程を示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows the removal process of the joining method which concerns on 3rd embodiment. 第四実施形態に係る接合方法の突合せ工程を示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows the butt | matching process of the joining method which concerns on 4th embodiment. 第四実施形態に係る接合方法の仮接合工程を示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows the temporary joining process of the joining method which concerns on 4th embodiment. 第四実施形態に係る接合方法の本接合工程を示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows the main joining process of the joining method which concerns on 4th embodiment. 第四実施形態に係る接合方法の本接合工程を示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows the main joining process of the joining method which concerns on 4th embodiment. 第五実施形態に係る接合方法の突合せ工程を示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows the butt | matching process of the joining method which concerns on 5th embodiment. 第五実施形態に係る接合方法の補助部材配置工程を示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows the auxiliary member arrangement | positioning process of the joining method which concerns on 5th embodiment. 第五実施形態に係る接合方法の内隅摩擦攪拌工程を示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows the inner corner friction stirring process of the joining method which concerns on 5th embodiment. 第五実施形態に係る接合方法の内隅摩擦攪拌工程を示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows the inner corner friction stirring process of the joining method which concerns on 5th embodiment. 第五実施形態に係る接合方法の補助部材の除去工程を示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows the removal process of the auxiliary member of the joining method which concerns on 5th embodiment. 第五実施形態に係る接合方法の補助部材の除去工程後の状態を示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows the state after the removal process of the auxiliary member of the joining method which concerns on 5th embodiment. 第五実施形態に係る接合方法の突合部摩擦攪拌工程(架台への設置工程)を示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows the butt | matching part friction stirring process (installation process to a mount frame) of the joining method which concerns on 5th embodiment. 第五実施形態に係る接合方法の突合部摩擦攪拌工程を示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows the abutting part friction stirring process of the joining method which concerns on 5th embodiment. 第五実施形態に係る接合方法の突合部摩擦攪拌工程を示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows the butt | matching part friction stirring process of the joining method which concerns on 5th embodiment. 第五実施形態に係る接合方法の突合部摩擦攪拌工程後の状態を示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows the state after the butt | matching part friction stirring process of the joining method which concerns on 5th embodiment. 第五実施形態に係る接合方法の補助部材配置工程の他の形態(縦置き)を示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows the other form (vertical installation) of the auxiliary member arrangement | positioning process of the joining method which concerns on 5th embodiment. 本発明の第六実施形態に係る接合方法の突合部摩擦攪拌工程を示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows the butt | matching part friction stirring process of the joining method which concerns on 6th embodiment of this invention. 本発明の第七実施形態に係る接合方法の突合せ工程を示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows the butt | matching process of the joining method which concerns on 7th embodiment of this invention. 第七実施形態に係る接合方法の補助部材配置工程を示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows the auxiliary member arrangement | positioning process of the joining method which concerns on 7th embodiment. 第七実施形態に係る接合方法の内隅摩擦攪拌工程を示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows the inner corner friction stirring process of the joining method which concerns on 7th embodiment. 第七実施形態に係る接合方法の内隅摩擦攪拌工程を示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows the inner corner friction stirring process of the joining method which concerns on 7th embodiment. 第七実施形態に係る接合方法の補助部材の除去工程を示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows the removal process of the auxiliary member of the joining method which concerns on 7th embodiment. 第七実施形態に係る接合方法の補助部材の除去工程後の状態を示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows the state after the removal process of the auxiliary member of the joining method which concerns on 7th embodiment. 第七実施形態に係る接合方法の突合部摩擦攪拌工程(架台への設置工程)を示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows the butt | matching part friction stirring process (installation process to a mount frame) of the joining method which concerns on 7th embodiment. 第七実施形態に係る接合方法の突合部摩擦攪拌工程を示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows the butt | matching part friction stirring process of the joining method which concerns on 7th embodiment. 第七実施形態に係る接合方法の突合部摩擦攪拌工程を示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows the butt | matching part friction stirring process of the joining method which concerns on 7th embodiment. 本発明の第八実施形態に係る接合方法の突合せ工程及び配置工程を示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows the butt | matching process and arrangement | positioning process of the joining method which concern on 8th embodiment of this invention. 第八実施形態に係る接合方法の摩擦攪拌工程を示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows the friction stirring process of the joining method which concerns on 8th embodiment. 第八実施形態に係る接合方法の除去工程を示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows the removal process of the joining method which concerns on 8th embodiment. 第八実施形態に係る接合方法の除去工程後を示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows the removal process after the joining method which concerns on 8th embodiment. 第九実施形態に係る接合方法の突合せ工程及び配置工程を示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows the butt | matching process and arrangement | positioning process of the joining method which concern on 9th embodiment. 第九実施形態に係る接合方法の摩擦攪拌工程を示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows the friction stirring process of the joining method which concerns on 9th embodiment. 第九実施形態に係る接合方法の除去工程を示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows the removal process of the joining method which concerns on 9th embodiment. 第十実施形態に係る接合方法の突合せ工程及び配置工程を示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows the butt | matching process and arrangement | positioning process of the joining method which concern on 10th embodiment. 第十実施形態に係る接合方法の摩擦攪拌工程を示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows the friction stirring process of the joining method which concerns on 10th embodiment. 第十実施形態に係る接合方法の除去工程を示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows the removal process of the joining method which concerns on 10th embodiment. 第十一実施形態に係る接合方法の突合せ工程及び配置工程を示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows the butt | matching process and arrangement | positioning process of the joining method which concern on 11th embodiment. 第十一実施形態に係る接合方法の摩擦攪拌工程を示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows the friction stirring process of the joining method which concerns on 11th embodiment. 第十一実施形態に係る接合方法の除去工程を示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows the removal process of the joining method which concerns on 11th embodiment. 第十一実施形態に係る接合方法の除去工程後を示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows the removal process after the joining method which concerns on 11th embodiment. 第十二実施形態に係る接合方法の突合せ工程及び配置工程を示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows the butt | matching process and arrangement | positioning process of the joining method which concern on 12th embodiment. 第十三実施形態に係る接合方法の突合せ工程及び配置工程を示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows the butt | matching process and arrangement | positioning process of the joining method which concern on 13th embodiment. 第十四実施形態に係る接合方法の突合せ工程を示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows the butt | matching process of the joining method which concerns on 14th embodiment. 第十四実施形態に係る接合方法の仮接合工程を示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows the temporary joining process of the joining method which concerns on 14th embodiment. 第十四実施形態に係る接合方法の本接合工程を示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows the main joining process of the joining method which concerns on 14th embodiment. 第十四実施形態に係る接合方法の本接合工程を示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows the main joining process of the joining method which concerns on 14th embodiment. 第十五実施形態に係る接合方法の突合せ工程を示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows the butt | matching process of the joining method which concerns on 15th embodiment. 第十五実施形態に係る接合方法の仮接合工程を示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows the temporary joining process of the joining method which concerns on 15th embodiment.
[第一実施形態]
 本発明の第一実施形態に係る接合方法について図面を参照して詳細に説明する。図1に示すように、本実施形態に係る接合方法では、第一金属部材1と第二金属部材2とを正面視T字状に突合せて摩擦攪拌により接合する。本実施形態に係る接合方法では、突合せ工程と、配置工程と、摩擦攪拌工程と、除去工程とを行う。なお、説明における「表面」とは、「裏面」の反対側の面を意味する。
[First embodiment]
A joining method according to a first embodiment of the present invention will be described in detail with reference to the drawings. As shown in FIG. 1, in the joining method according to the present embodiment, the first metal member 1 and the second metal member 2 are butted in a T shape in front view and joined by friction stirring. In the joining method according to the present embodiment, a butt process, an arrangement process, a friction stirring process, and a removal process are performed. The “front surface” in the description means a surface opposite to the “back surface”.
 第一金属部材1及び第二金属部材2は、いずれも板状を呈する。第一金属部材1及び第二金属部材2は、アルミニウム、アルミニウム合金、銅、銅合金、チタン、チタン合金、 マグネシウム、マグネシウム合金等の摩擦攪拌可能な金属から適宜選択される。第一金属部材1及び第二金属部材2の板厚寸法は適宜設定すればよい。 The first metal member 1 and the second metal member 2 both have a plate shape. The first metal member 1 and the second metal member 2 are appropriately selected from metals capable of friction stirring such as aluminum, aluminum alloy, copper, copper alloy, titanium, titanium alloy, magnesium, and magnesium alloy. The plate thickness dimensions of the first metal member 1 and the second metal member 2 may be set as appropriate.
 突合せ工程は、図1に示すように、第一金属部材1の端面1aと第二金属部材2の裏面2cとを突き合わせて突合せ部J1を形成する工程である。 As shown in FIG. 1, the butting step is a step of butting the end surface 1 a of the first metal member 1 and the back surface 2 c of the second metal member 2 to form a butting portion J1.
 配置工程は、図1に示すように、補助部材10を配置する工程である。補助部材10は、板状の金属部材である。補助部材10の板厚は、後記する摩擦攪拌工程の際に形成される接合部(塑性化領域W1)に金属不足が発生しない程度の厚さに設定する。補助部材10は、本実施形態では、第一金属部材1及び第二金属部材2と同じ材料で形成されている。配置工程では、第二金属部材2の表面2bにおいて、第一金属部材1と対応する位置に補助部材10を配置する。第二金属部材2の表面2bと補助部材10の裏面10bとは面接触する。本実施形態に係る配置工程では、補助部材10の中央部と第一金属部材1の板厚方向の中心とが概ね重なる位置に配置する。 The placement step is a step of placing the auxiliary member 10 as shown in FIG. The auxiliary member 10 is a plate-shaped metal member. The plate | board thickness of the auxiliary member 10 is set to the thickness which does not generate | occur | produce a metal shortage in the junction part (plasticization area | region W1) formed in the case of the friction stirring process mentioned later. In this embodiment, the auxiliary member 10 is formed of the same material as the first metal member 1 and the second metal member 2. In the arrangement step, the auxiliary member 10 is arranged at a position corresponding to the first metal member 1 on the surface 2 b of the second metal member 2. The surface 2b of the second metal member 2 and the back surface 10b of the auxiliary member 10 are in surface contact. In the arrangement | positioning process which concerns on this embodiment, it arrange | positions in the position with which the center part of the auxiliary member 10 and the center of the plate | board thickness direction of the 1st metal member 1 substantially overlap.
 摩擦攪拌工程は、図2に示すように、補助部材10の表面10a側から回転する回転ツールFを挿入し、突合せ部J1を摩擦攪拌接合する工程である。回転ツールFは、連結部F1と、攪拌ピンF2とで構成されている。連結部F1は、図示しない摩擦攪拌装置に取り付けられる部位であって、円柱状を呈する。 As shown in FIG. 2, the friction stirring step is a step of inserting the rotating tool F rotating from the surface 10a side of the auxiliary member 10 and friction stir welding the butt portion J1. The rotary tool F includes a connecting portion F1 and a stirring pin F2. The connection part F1 is a part attached to a friction stirrer (not shown) and has a cylindrical shape.
 攪拌ピンF2は、連結部F1から垂下しており、連結部F1と同軸になっている。攪拌ピンF2は連結部F1から離間するにつれて先細りになっている。攪拌ピンF2の外周面には螺旋溝が刻設されている。本実施形態では、回転ツールFを右回転させるため、螺旋溝は、基端から先端に向かうにつれて左回りに形成されている。 The stirring pin F2 hangs down from the connecting part F1, and is coaxial with the connecting part F1. The stirring pin F2 is tapered as it is separated from the connecting portion F1. A spiral groove is formed on the outer peripheral surface of the stirring pin F2. In the present embodiment, in order to rotate the rotary tool F to the right, the spiral groove is formed in a counterclockwise direction from the proximal end toward the distal end.
 なお、回転ツールFを左回転させる場合は、螺旋溝を基端から先端に向かうにつれて右回りに形成することが好ましい。螺旋溝をこのように設定することで、摩擦攪拌の際に塑性流動化した金属が螺旋溝によって攪拌ピンF2の先端側に導かれる。これにより、被接合金属部材(第一金属部材1、第二金属部材2及び補助部材10)の外部に溢れ出る金属の量を少なくすることができる。 In addition, when rotating the rotation tool F counterclockwise, it is preferable to form the spiral groove clockwise as it goes from the proximal end to the distal end. By setting the spiral groove in this way, the metal plastically fluidized during friction stirring is guided to the tip side of the stirring pin F2 by the spiral groove. Thereby, the quantity of the metal which overflows outside the to-be-joined metal member (the 1st metal member 1, the 2nd metal member 2, and the auxiliary member 10) can be decreased.
 摩擦攪拌工程では、補助部材10の表面10aから右回転させた攪拌ピンF2を挿入する。摩擦攪拌工程では、攪拌ピンF2と第一金属部材1、第二金属部材2及び補助部材10を接触させた状態で、図2の手前側から奥側に向けて突合せ部J1に沿って回転ツールFを相対移動させる。また、摩擦攪拌工程では、攪拌ピンF2の基端側は露出させた状態で摩擦攪拌を行う。回転ツールFの回転中心軸Cは、第一金属部材1の板厚方向の中心を通る位置に設定している。回転ツールFの移動軌跡には、塑性化領域W1が形成される。攪拌ピンF2の挿入深さは適宜設定すればよいが、本実施形態では、攪拌ピンF2が第一金属部材1と接触するように設定している。 In the friction stirring step, the stirring pin F2 rotated right from the surface 10a of the auxiliary member 10 is inserted. In the friction stirring step, the rotating tool along the abutting portion J1 from the near side to the far side in FIG. 2 with the stirring pin F2 and the first metal member 1, the second metal member 2, and the auxiliary member 10 in contact with each other. Move F relatively. In the friction stirring step, friction stirring is performed with the base end side of the stirring pin F2 exposed. The rotation center axis C of the rotary tool F is set to a position passing through the center of the first metal member 1 in the plate thickness direction. A plasticizing region W1 is formed on the movement locus of the rotary tool F. The insertion depth of the stirring pin F <b> 2 may be set as appropriate, but in the present embodiment, the stirring pin F <b> 2 is set so as to contact the first metal member 1.
 なお、摩擦攪拌工程では、攪拌ピンF2のみを第二金属部材2及び補助部材10のみに接触させて摩擦攪拌接合を行ってもよい。この場合は、第二金属部材2と攪拌ピンF2との摩擦熱によって突合せ部J1が塑性流動化して接合される。補助部材10の表面10aにはバリVが形成される。 In the friction stirring step, only the stirring pin F2 may be brought into contact with the second metal member 2 and the auxiliary member 10 to perform friction stir welding. In this case, the butt portion J1 is plastically fluidized and joined by frictional heat between the second metal member 2 and the stirring pin F2. A burr V is formed on the surface 10 a of the auxiliary member 10.
 除去工程は、図3に示すように、第二金属部材2から補助部材10を除去する工程である。除去工程では、補助部材10の両端をめくり上げつつ、凹溝Dを境に折り曲げるようにして切除する。凹溝Dは、塑性化領域W1のうち深くえぐれている部位である。除去工程は、切削工具等を用いてよいが、本実施形態では手作業で除去している。以上の工程により、第一金属部材1と第二金属部材2とが正面視T字状に接合される。 The removal step is a step of removing the auxiliary member 10 from the second metal member 2 as shown in FIG. In the removal process, the both ends of the auxiliary member 10 are turned up, and the auxiliary member 10 is cut off so as to be bent at the groove D. The concave groove D is a portion that is deeply buried in the plasticized region W1. In the removal process, a cutting tool or the like may be used, but in this embodiment, the removal process is performed manually. Through the above steps, the first metal member 1 and the second metal member 2 are joined in a T-shape when viewed from the front.
 以上説明した本実施形態に係る接合方法によれば、攪拌ピンF2のみを、第一金属部材1、第二金属部材2及び補助部材10、又は、第二金属部材2及び補助部材10に接触させた状態で摩擦攪拌接合を行うため、従来技術に比べて摩擦攪拌装置にかかる負荷を軽減することができる。これにより、第二金属部材2の板厚が大きい場合であっても、摩擦攪拌装置に大きな負荷がかからない状態で深い位置にある突合せ部J1を接合することができる。 According to the joining method according to the present embodiment described above, only the stirring pin F2 is brought into contact with the first metal member 1, the second metal member 2, and the auxiliary member 10, or the second metal member 2 and the auxiliary member 10. Since the friction stir welding is performed in the above state, the load on the friction stirrer can be reduced as compared with the prior art. Thereby, even if the plate | board thickness of the 2nd metal member 2 is large, the butt | matching part J1 in a deep position can be joined in the state which does not apply a big load to a friction stirring apparatus.
 また、攪拌ピンF2のみを挿入するため、塑性化領域W1の幅を小さくすることができる。これにより、第一金属部材1の板厚も小さくすることができるため、第一金属部材1の設計の自由度を高めることができる。また、第一金属部材1及び第二金属部材2に加えて、補助部材10も摩擦攪拌接合することにより、図4に示すように接合部(塑性化領域W1)の金属不足を防ぐことができる。 Moreover, since only the stirring pin F2 is inserted, the width of the plasticizing region W1 can be reduced. Thereby, since the plate | board thickness of the 1st metal member 1 can also be made small, the freedom degree of design of the 1st metal member 1 can be raised. Moreover, in addition to the 1st metal member 1 and the 2nd metal member 2, the auxiliary member 10 is also friction stir welded, and as shown in FIG. 4, the metal shortage of a junction part (plasticization area | region W1) can be prevented. .
 また、除去工程によれば、補助部材10ごとバリVを除去することができるため、別途バリを除去する作業を行わなくても第二金属部材2の表面2bをきれいに仕上げることができる。また、本実施形態の摩擦攪拌工程では、補助部材10の表面10aの中央部から回転ツールFを挿入するため、回転ツールFの挿入作業を容易に行うことができる。 Further, according to the removing step, since the burr V can be removed together with the auxiliary member 10, the surface 2b of the second metal member 2 can be finished finely without performing a separate burr removing operation. Moreover, in the friction stirring process of this embodiment, since the rotation tool F is inserted from the center part of the surface 10a of the auxiliary member 10, the insertion operation of the rotation tool F can be performed easily.
[第二実施形態]
 次に、本発明の第二実施形態に係る接合方法について説明する。第二実施形態に係る接合方法では、突合せ工程と、配置工程と、摩擦攪拌工程と、除去工程とを行う。第二実施形態に係る接合方法は、補助部材10の配置位置が第一実施形態と相違する。第二実施形態に係る接合方法では、第一実施形態と相違する部分を中心に説明する。
[Second Embodiment]
Next, the joining method according to the second embodiment of the present invention will be described. In the joining method according to the second embodiment, a butting process, an arranging process, a friction stirring process, and a removing process are performed. The joining method according to the second embodiment is different from the first embodiment in the arrangement position of the auxiliary member 10. The joining method according to the second embodiment will be described with a focus on the differences from the first embodiment.
 突合せ工程では、図5に示すように、第一実施形態と同様に第一金属部材1の端面1aと、第二金属部材2の裏面2cとを突き合わせて突合せ部J1を形成する。 In the butting step, as shown in FIG. 5, the end surface 1 a of the first metal member 1 and the back surface 2 c of the second metal member 2 are butted together to form a butting portion J1 as in the first embodiment.
 ここで、図5に示すように、摩擦攪拌工程の際に、回転ツールFの回転中心軸C(図6参照)が通る予定位置を「接合基準線X」と設定する。接合基準線Xは、本実施形態では第一金属部材1の板厚方向の中心と重なるように設定している。配置工程では、補助部材10を接合基準線Xに対して一方側のみの第二金属部材2の表面2bに配置しつつ、補助部材10の側面10cが、接合基準線Xと重なる位置に補助部材10を配置する。なお、接合基準線Xは、後記する摩擦攪拌工程の際に、第一金属部材1の側面1b,1cと第二金属部材2の裏面2cとの各内隅から塑性流動材が流出しない位置で適宜設定すればよい。 Here, as shown in FIG. 5, the scheduled position through which the rotation center axis C (see FIG. 6) of the rotary tool F passes is set as a “joining reference line X” during the friction stirring step. In the present embodiment, the joining reference line X is set so as to overlap the center of the first metal member 1 in the plate thickness direction. In the arranging step, the auxiliary member 10 is arranged on the surface 2b of the second metal member 2 only on one side with respect to the bonding reference line X, and the auxiliary member 10 is positioned at a position where the side surface 10c of the auxiliary member 10 overlaps the bonding reference line X. 10 is arranged. Note that the joining reference line X is a position where the plastic fluid material does not flow out from the inner corners of the side surfaces 1b, 1c of the first metal member 1 and the back surface 2c of the second metal member 2 in the friction stirring step described later. What is necessary is just to set suitably.
 摩擦攪拌工程は、図6に示すように、右回転させた回転ツールFの回転中心軸Cを接合基準線Xと重なる位置に挿入し、図6の手前側から奥側に向けて回転ツールFを相対移動させて突合せ部J1を摩擦攪拌接合する工程である。摩擦攪拌工程では、第一実施形態と同様に、回転ツールFの攪拌ピンF2のみを第一金属部材1、第二金属部材2及び補助部材10に接触させるか、又は、第二金属部材2及び補助部材10に接触させた状態で摩擦攪拌接合を行う。 As shown in FIG. 6, the friction stirring step inserts the rotation center axis C of the rotating tool F rotated to the right in a position overlapping the joining reference line X, and rotates the rotating tool F from the near side to the far side in FIG. Is a step of friction stir welding the butt portion J1. In the friction stirring step, as in the first embodiment, only the stirring pin F2 of the rotary tool F is brought into contact with the first metal member 1, the second metal member 2, and the auxiliary member 10, or the second metal member 2 and Friction stir welding is performed with the auxiliary member 10 in contact.
 本実施形態では、回転ツールFのシアー側(advancing side:回転ツールの外周における接線速度に回転ツールの移動速度が加算される側)が第二金属部材2のうち補助部材10が配置されていない側となるように回転ツールFの移動方向と回転方向を設定している。回転ツールFの回転方向及び進行方向は前記したものに限定されるものではなく適宜設定すればよい。 In the present embodiment, the auxiliary member 10 of the second metal member 2 is not disposed on the shear side of the rotating tool F (advancing side: the side on which the moving speed of the rotating tool is added to the tangential speed on the outer periphery of the rotating tool). The moving direction and rotating direction of the rotary tool F are set so as to be on the side. The rotation direction and the traveling direction of the rotary tool F are not limited to those described above, and may be set as appropriate.
 例えば、回転ツールFの回転速度が遅い場合では、フロー側(retreating side:回転ツールの外周における接線速度から回転ツールの移動速度が減算される側)に比べてシアー側の方が塑性流動材の温度が上昇しやすくなるため、塑性化領域W1外のシアー側にバリVが多く発生する傾向にある。一方、例えば、回転ツールFの回転速度が速い場合、シアー側の方が塑性流動材の温度が上昇するものの、回転速度が速い分、塑性化領域W1外のフロー側にバリVが多く発生する傾向にある。 For example, when the rotational speed of the rotary tool F is slow, the shear side is more plastic fluid than the flow side (retreatingreside: the side where the moving speed of the rotary tool is subtracted from the tangential speed on the outer periphery of the rotary tool). Since the temperature tends to rise, many burrs V tend to be generated on the shear side outside the plasticized region W1. On the other hand, for example, when the rotational speed of the rotary tool F is fast, the temperature of the plastic fluidized material increases on the shear side, but a larger amount of burr V is generated on the flow side outside the plasticizing region W1 because the rotational speed is faster. There is a tendency.
 本実施形態では、回転ツールFの回転速度を速く設定しているため、図7にも示すように、塑性化領域W1外のフロー側にバリVが多く発生する傾向にある。また、回転ツールFの回転速度を速く設定することにより、回転ツールFの移動速度(送り速度)を高めることができる。これにより、接合サイクルを短くすることができる。 In the present embodiment, since the rotational speed of the rotary tool F is set high, as shown in FIG. 7, many burrs V tend to be generated on the flow side outside the plasticized region W1. Further, by setting the rotation speed of the rotary tool F faster, the moving speed (feed speed) of the rotary tool F can be increased. Thereby, a joining cycle can be shortened.
 摩擦攪拌工程の際に、回転ツールFの進行方向のどちら側にバリVが発生するかは接合条件によって異なる。当該接合条件とは、回転ツールFの回転速度、回転方向、移動速度(送り速度)、攪拌ピンF2の傾斜角度(テーパー角度)、被接合金属部材(第一金属部材1、第二金属部材2及び補助部材10)の材質、被接合金属部材の厚さ等の各要素とこれらの要素の組合せで決定される。接合条件に応じて、バリVが発生する側又はバリVが多く発生する側が補助部材10側となるように設定すれば、後記する除去工程を容易に行うことができるため好ましい。 In the friction stir process, the side where the burr V is generated in the traveling direction of the rotary tool F depends on the joining conditions. The joining conditions include the rotational speed, rotational direction, moving speed (feeding speed) of the rotary tool F, the inclination angle (taper angle) of the stirring pin F2, and the metal members to be joined (first metal member 1, second metal member 2). And the material of the auxiliary member 10), the thickness of the metal member to be joined, etc., and the combination of these elements. It is preferable to set the side where the burrs V are generated or the side where a large amount of burrs V is generated to be the auxiliary member 10 side according to the joining conditions because the removal step described later can be easily performed.
 除去工程は、第二金属部材2から補助部材10を除去する工程である。除去工程では、第一実施形態と同様に、補助部材10を折り曲げるようにして除去する。以上の工程により、第一金属部材1と第二金属部材2とが接合される。 The removal step is a step of removing the auxiliary member 10 from the second metal member 2. In the removal step, the auxiliary member 10 is removed by being bent as in the first embodiment. Through the above steps, the first metal member 1 and the second metal member 2 are joined.
 以上説明した第二実施形態に係る接合方法によっても第一実施形態と略同等の効果を奏することができる。また、第二実施形態に係る配置工程では補助部材10を接合基準線Xに対して一方側に配置し、摩擦攪拌工程では補助部材10側にバリVが発生するように接合条件を設定した。これにより、接合基準線Xに対して一方側に配置された補助部材10にバリVを集約することができる。これにより、バリVを補助部材10ごと除去できるため、バリVを容易に除去することができる。 Also by the joining method according to the second embodiment described above, substantially the same effect as that of the first embodiment can be obtained. Further, in the arrangement process according to the second embodiment, the auxiliary member 10 is arranged on one side with respect to the joining reference line X, and in the friction stirring process, the joining conditions are set so that burrs V are generated on the auxiliary member 10 side. Thereby, the burr | flash V can be concentrated on the auxiliary member 10 arrange | positioned with respect to the joining reference line X at one side. Thereby, since the burr | flash V can be removed with the auxiliary member 10, the burr | flash V can be removed easily.
[第三実施形態]
 次に、本発明の第三実施形態に係る接合方法について説明する。第三実施形態に係る接合方法では、突合せ工程と、配置工程と、摩擦攪拌工程と、除去工程とを行う。第三実施形態に係る接合方法では、第一実施形態と相違する部分を中心に説明する。
[Third embodiment]
Next, the joining method according to the third embodiment of the present invention will be described. In the joining method according to the third embodiment, a butt process, an arrangement process, a friction stirring process, and a removal process are performed. The joining method according to the third embodiment will be described with a focus on the differences from the first embodiment.
 突合せ工程では、図8に示すように、第一実施形態と同様に第一金属部材1の端面1aと、第二金属部材2の裏面2cとを突き合わせて突合せ部J1を形成する。本実施形態でも、接合基準線Xは第一金属部材1の板厚方向の中心と重なる位置に設定している。配置工程では、補助部材10を接合基準線Xに対して他方側の第二金属部材2の表面2bに配置しつつ、補助部材10の側面10cが接合基準線Xに対して一方側にわずかに突出するように補助部材10を配置する。補助部材10の厚さ及び接合基準線Xから側面10cまでの距離は、後記する摩擦攪拌工程において、接合部(塑性化領域W1)に金属不足が発生せず、かつ、摩擦攪拌工程後に一方側に補助部材10が残存しないように適宜設定する。 In the butting process, as shown in FIG. 8, the butted portion J1 is formed by butting the end surface 1a of the first metal member 1 and the back surface 2c of the second metal member 2 as in the first embodiment. Also in this embodiment, the joining reference line X is set at a position overlapping the center of the first metal member 1 in the plate thickness direction. In the arranging step, the auxiliary member 10 is arranged on the surface 2b of the second metal member 2 on the other side with respect to the joining reference line X, while the side surface 10c of the auxiliary member 10 is slightly on one side with respect to the joining reference line X. The auxiliary member 10 is disposed so as to protrude. The thickness of the auxiliary member 10 and the distance from the joining reference line X to the side surface 10c are such that a metal shortage does not occur in the joining portion (plasticization region W1) in the friction stirring process described later, and one side after the friction stirring process. The auxiliary member 10 is appropriately set so as not to remain.
 摩擦攪拌工程では、図9に示すように、左回転させた回転ツールFの回転中心軸Cを接合基準線Xと重なる位置に挿入し、図9の手前側から奥側に向けて回転ツールFを相対移動させて突合せ部J1を摩擦攪拌接合する工程である。摩擦攪拌工程では、第一実施形態と同様に、回転ツールFの攪拌ピンF2のみを第一金属部材1、第二金属部材2及び補助部材10に接触させるか、又は、第二金属部材2及び補助部材10に接触させた状態で摩擦攪拌接合を行う。 In the friction stirring step, as shown in FIG. 9, the rotation center axis C of the rotating tool F rotated counterclockwise is inserted at a position overlapping the joining reference line X, and the rotating tool F is moved from the near side to the far side in FIG. 9. Is a step of friction stir welding the butt portion J1. In the friction stirring step, as in the first embodiment, only the stirring pin F2 of the rotary tool F is brought into contact with the first metal member 1, the second metal member 2, and the auxiliary member 10, or the second metal member 2 and Friction stir welding is performed with the auxiliary member 10 in contact.
 本実施形態では、回転ツールFを高速で左回転させているため、補助部材10のフロー側にバリVが形成される傾向にある。 In this embodiment, since the rotary tool F is rotated counterclockwise at a high speed, burrs V tend to be formed on the flow side of the auxiliary member 10.
 除去工程では、図10に示すように、第二金属部材2から補助部材10を除去する工程である。除去工程では、補助部材10を折り曲げて第二金属部材2から補助部材10を除去する。 In the removing step, as shown in FIG. 10, the auxiliary member 10 is removed from the second metal member 2. In the removing step, the auxiliary member 10 is bent and the auxiliary member 10 is removed from the second metal member 2.
 以上説明した第三実施形態に係る接合法によれば、第一実施形態と略同等の効果を奏することができる。また、本実施形態によれば、配置工程において、接合基準線Xに対して他方側に補助部材10を配置しつつ、一方側に補助部材10の側面10cをわずかに突出させる。また、摩擦攪拌工程では、突合せ部J1を摩擦攪拌接合しつつ、第二金属部材2の表面2bの一方側に補助部材10及びバリVが残存せず、補助部材10側にバリVが発生するように接合条件を設定する。これにより、接合部(塑性化領域W1)の金属不足をバランスよく防ぐことができるとともに、他方側に配置された補助部材10にバリVを集約することができる。これにより、バリVを補助部材10ごと除去できるため、バリVを容易に除去することができる。 According to the joining method according to the third embodiment described above, it is possible to achieve substantially the same effect as that of the first embodiment. Further, according to the present embodiment, in the arranging step, the auxiliary member 10 is arranged on the other side with respect to the joining reference line X, and the side surface 10c of the auxiliary member 10 is slightly protruded on the one side. Further, in the friction stirring step, the auxiliary member 10 and the burr V do not remain on one side of the surface 2b of the second metal member 2 while the butt joint J1 is friction stir welded, and the burr V is generated on the auxiliary member 10 side. The joining conditions are set as follows. As a result, it is possible to prevent a shortage of metal in the joint portion (plasticization region W1) in a well-balanced manner and to collect the burrs V in the auxiliary member 10 disposed on the other side. Thereby, since the burr | flash V can be removed with the auxiliary member 10, the burr | flash V can be removed easily.
 以上本発明の実施形態について説明したが、本発明の趣旨に反しない範囲において適宜設計変更が可能である。 Although the embodiment of the present invention has been described above, design changes can be made as appropriate without departing from the spirit of the present invention.
[第四実施形態]
 本発明の第四実施形態に係る接合方法について図面を参照して詳細に説明する。図11に示すように、本実施形態に係る接合方法では、第一金属部材1と第二金属部材2とをT字状に突き合わせて接合する。本実施形態に係る接合方法は、突合せ工程と、仮接合工程と、本接合工程とを行う。
[Fourth embodiment]
A joining method according to a fourth embodiment of the present invention will be described in detail with reference to the drawings. As shown in FIG. 11, in the joining method according to the present embodiment, the first metal member 1 and the second metal member 2 are butted in a T shape and joined. The joining method according to the present embodiment performs a butt process, a temporary joining process, and a main joining process.
 第一金属部材1は、板状の金属部材である。第一金属部材1の材料は、アルミニウム、アルミニウム合金、銅、銅合金、チタン、チタン合金、マグネシウム、マグネシウム合金等の摩擦攪拌可能な金属から適宜選択される。第二金属部材2は、板状の金属部材である。第二金属部材2の材料は、前記した摩擦攪拌可能な金属から適宜選択すればよいが、第一金属部材1と同等の材料であることが好ましい。第一金属部材1及び第二金属部材2の板厚は適宜設定すればよい。 The first metal member 1 is a plate-like metal member. The material of the first metal member 1 is appropriately selected from metals capable of friction stir such as aluminum, aluminum alloy, copper, copper alloy, titanium, titanium alloy, magnesium, magnesium alloy and the like. The second metal member 2 is a plate-like metal member. The material of the second metal member 2 may be appropriately selected from the metals that can be frictionally stirred, but is preferably the same material as that of the first metal member 1. The plate thicknesses of the first metal member 1 and the second metal member 2 may be set as appropriate.
 突合せ工程は、図11に示すように、第一金属部材1の端面1aと、第二金属部材2の裏面2cとを断面T字状に突き合わせる工程である。突合せ工程によって、突合せ部J1が形成される。 As shown in FIG. 11, the butting step is a step of butting the end surface 1a of the first metal member 1 and the back surface 2c of the second metal member 2 in a T-shaped cross section. The butt portion J1 is formed by the butt process.
 仮接合工程は、図12に示すように、第一金属部材1と第二金属部材2の内隅を、回転ツール(仮接合用回転ツール)Fを用いてスポット仮接合する工程である。 The temporary joining step is a step of spot-joining the inner corners of the first metal member 1 and the second metal member 2 using a rotary tool (temporary joining rotary tool) F as shown in FIG.
 仮接合工程では、第一金属部材1の側面1bと第二金属部材2の裏面2cとで構成される第一内隅(内隅)及び第一金属部材1の側面1cと第二金属部材2の裏面2cとで構成される第二内隅(内隅)に、回転ツールFの回転中心軸を傾斜させつつ挿入する。また、仮接合工程では、攪拌ピンF2を前記内隅に浅く挿入しつつ突合せ部J1に沿って断続的に摩擦攪拌接合を行う。仮接合工程によって、塑性化領域W0が断続的に形成される。 In the temporary joining step, the first inner corner (inner corner) constituted by the side surface 1b of the first metal member 1 and the back surface 2c of the second metal member 2, and the side surface 1c of the first metal member 1 and the second metal member 2 are used. Is inserted into the second inner corner (inner corner) composed of the back surface 2c of the rotating tool F while inclining the rotation center axis thereof. In the temporary joining step, the friction stir welding is intermittently performed along the abutting portion J1 while the stirring pin F2 is inserted shallowly into the inner corner. The plasticized region W0 is intermittently formed by the temporary joining process.
 また、仮接合工程では、第二金属部材2の一端側の端面にタブ材Tを仮接合するタブ材仮接合工程を行う。タブ材Tの板厚は、第二金属部材2の板厚と同一である。タブ材仮接合工程では、タブ材Tの裏面Tbと第二金属部材2の裏面2cとを面一にするとともに、表面Taと第二金属部材2の表面2bとを面一にする。また、タブ材仮接合工程では、回転ツールFを用いてタブ材Tと第二金属部材2とを仮接合する。なお、後記する本接合工程の終了位置となるように、第二金属部材2の他端側の端面にタブ材Tを設けてもよい。 Further, in the temporary joining step, a tab material temporary joining step is performed in which the tab material T is temporarily joined to the end surface on the one end side of the second metal member 2. The thickness of the tab material T is the same as the thickness of the second metal member 2. In the tab material temporary joining step, the back surface Tb of the tab material T and the back surface 2c of the second metal member 2 are flush with each other, and the surface Ta and the surface 2b of the second metal member 2 are flush with each other. In the tab material temporary joining step, the tab material T and the second metal member 2 are temporarily joined using the rotary tool F. In addition, you may provide the tab material T in the end surface of the other end side of the 2nd metal member 2 so that it may become the completion | finish position of the main joining process mentioned later.
 本接合工程は、図13に示すように、回転ツール(本接合用回転ツール)Fを用いて、突合せ部J1を本格的に摩擦攪拌接合する工程である。本接合工程では、タブ材Tに設定された開始位置Spに右回転させた回転ツールFを挿入し、突合せ部J1に沿って回転ツールFを相対移動させる。回転ツールFの移動軌跡には塑性化領域W1が形成される。 The main joining step is a step of full-scale friction stir welding of the butt joint J1 using a rotating tool (rotating tool for main joining) F as shown in FIG. In the main joining step, the rotating tool F rotated to the right is inserted into the start position Sp set on the tab material T, and the rotating tool F is relatively moved along the abutting portion J1. A plasticizing region W1 is formed on the movement trajectory of the rotary tool F.
 本接合工程では、図14に示すように、連結部F1を第二金属部材2から離間させ、つまり、攪拌ピンF2の基端側は露出させた状態で摩擦攪拌接合を行う。また、本実施形態では、攪拌ピンF2の先端が第一金属部材1に達するように、つまり、攪拌ピンF2と第一金属部材1及び第二金属部材2とが接触するように攪拌ピンF2の挿入深さを設定する。 In this joining step, as shown in FIG. 14, the friction stir welding is performed in a state where the connecting portion F1 is separated from the second metal member 2, that is, the base end side of the stirring pin F2 is exposed. Further, in the present embodiment, the stirring pin F2 is arranged so that the tip of the stirring pin F2 reaches the first metal member 1, that is, the stirring pin F2, the first metal member 1, and the second metal member 2 are in contact with each other. Set the insertion depth.
 なお、攪拌ピンF2の挿入深さは、攪拌ピンF2が第二金属部材2のみに接触するように設定してもよい。この場合は、攪拌ピンF2と第二金属部材2との摩擦熱により突合せ部J1が塑性流動化して接合される。 The insertion depth of the stirring pin F2 may be set so that the stirring pin F2 contacts only the second metal member 2. In this case, the butt portion J1 is plastically fluidized and joined by frictional heat between the stirring pin F2 and the second metal member 2.
 本接合工程が終了したら、塑性化領域W2に形成されたバリを除去するバリ除去工程を行ってもよい。これにより、第二金属部材2の表面2bをきれいに仕上げることができる。 When the main joining process is completed, a burr removing process for removing burrs formed in the plasticized region W2 may be performed. Thereby, the surface 2b of the 2nd metal member 2 can be finished finely.
 以上説明した本実施形態に係る接合方法によれば、仮接合工程で第一金属部材1及び第二金属部材2同士をスポット仮接合するため、本接合工程の際に、各金属部材同士が離間することや位置ずれを防ぐことができる。これにより、接合精度を高めることができる。また、本接合工程及び仮接合工程とも、攪拌ピンF2のみを各金属部材に挿入するため、入熱量を少なくすることができ、各金属部材の熱歪を小さくすることができる。特に、仮接合工程では、スポット仮接合を行うことにより、入熱量を少なくすることができるとともに、接合時間も短くすることができる。 According to the bonding method according to the present embodiment described above, the first metal member 1 and the second metal member 2 are spot-temporarily bonded to each other in the temporary bonding step. And misalignment can be prevented. Thereby, joining accuracy can be raised. Moreover, since only the stirring pin F2 is inserted into each metal member in both the main joining step and the temporary joining step, the amount of heat input can be reduced, and the thermal strain of each metal member can be reduced. In particular, in the temporary bonding step, by performing spot temporary bonding, the amount of heat input can be reduced and the bonding time can also be shortened.
 また、本接合工程及び仮接合工程とも、攪拌ピンF2のみを各金属部材に挿入するため、摩擦攪拌装置にかかる負荷を小さくすることができる。これにより、本接合工程では、深い位置にある突合せ部J1を接合することができる。つまり、第二金属部材2の板厚が大きい場合でも接合できるため、設計の自由度を高めることができる。 Moreover, since only the stirring pin F2 is inserted into each metal member in both the main joining process and the temporary joining process, the load applied to the friction stirrer can be reduced. Thereby, in the main joining step, the butted portion J1 located at a deep position can be joined. That is, since it can join even when the plate | board thickness of the 2nd metal member 2 is large, the freedom degree of design can be raised.
 また、仮接合工程で用いる仮接合用回転ツールと、本接合工程で用いる本接合用回転ツールはそれぞれ異なるものを用いてもよいが、本実施形態のように回転ツールFで兼用させることにより、各工程で回転ツールを交換する必要がない。これにより、接合作業を効率よく行うことができる。 In addition, the temporary bonding rotary tool used in the temporary bonding process and the main bonding rotating tool used in the main bonding process may be different from each other, but by using the rotary tool F as in the present embodiment, There is no need to change the rotating tool in each process. Thereby, joining work can be performed efficiently.
 次に、本発明の他の実施形態に係る接合方法について説明する。他の実施形態では、突合せ工程と、仮接合工程と、本接合工程とを行う。他の実施形態に係る突合せ工程及び本接合工程は、前記した実施形態と共通なので説明を省略する。 Next, a joining method according to another embodiment of the present invention will be described. In another embodiment, a butt process, a temporary bonding process, and a main bonding process are performed. Since the butting process and the main bonding process according to other embodiments are common to the above-described embodiments, the description thereof is omitted.
 他の実施形態に係る仮接合工程は、具体的な図示は省略するが、第一金属部材1と第二金属部材2とで構成される内隅に沿って溶接によるスポット仮接合を行う。仮接合工程では、TIG溶接、MIG溶接又はレーザー溶接等によって第一金属部材1の側面1bと第二金属部材2の裏面2cとで構成される第一内隅(内隅)及び第一金属部材1の側面1cと第二金属部材2の裏面2cとで構成される第二内隅(内隅)に断続的に溶接を行う。 In the temporary joining step according to another embodiment, although not specifically illustrated, spot temporary joining is performed by welding along an inner corner formed by the first metal member 1 and the second metal member 2. In the temporary joining process, the first inner corner (inner corner) and the first metal member constituted by the side surface 1b of the first metal member 1 and the back surface 2c of the second metal member 2 by TIG welding, MIG welding, laser welding or the like. Welding is intermittently performed at a second inner corner (inner corner) constituted by the side surface 1c of the first metal and the back surface 2c of the second metal member 2.
 他の実施形態によっても前記した実施形態と略同等の効果を奏することができる。特に、仮接合工程では、溶接でスポット仮接合を行うことにより各金属部材の熱歪を防ぐことができるとともに、短時間で仮接合することができる。 Other embodiments can achieve substantially the same effects as the above-described embodiments. In particular, in the temporary joining step, by performing spot temporary joining by welding, thermal distortion of each metal member can be prevented and temporary joining can be performed in a short time.
 以上説明した本発明の実施形態について説明したが、本発明の趣旨に反しない範囲において適宜設計変更が可能である。例えば、本実施形態では、金属部材同士を断面T字状となるように接合したが、断面略L字状となるように接合してもよい。 Although the embodiment of the present invention described above has been described, design changes can be made as appropriate without departing from the spirit of the present invention. For example, in this embodiment, the metal members are joined so as to have a T-shaped cross section, but may be joined so as to have a substantially L-shaped cross section.
[第五実施形態]
 本発明の第五実施形態に係る接合方法について図面を参照して詳細に説明する。図15に示すように、本実施形態に係る接合方法では、第一金属部材101と第二金属部材102とをT字状に突き合わせて接合する。本実施形態に係る接合方法は、突合せ工程と、補助部材配置工程と、内隅摩擦攪拌工程と、補助部材の除去工程と、突合部摩擦攪拌工程とを行う。
[Fifth embodiment]
A joining method according to a fifth embodiment of the present invention will be described in detail with reference to the drawings. As shown in FIG. 15, in the joining method according to this embodiment, the first metal member 101 and the second metal member 102 are butted in a T shape and joined. The joining method according to the present embodiment performs a butting step, an auxiliary member arranging step, an inner corner friction stirring step, an auxiliary member removing step, and a butting portion friction stirring step.
 第一金属部材101は、板状の金属部材である。第一金属部材101の材料は、アルミニウム、アルミニウム合金、銅、銅合金、チタン、チタン合金、 マグネシウム、マグネシウム合金等の摩擦攪拌可能な金属から適宜選択される。第一金属部材101の裏面101aには、底面103aと側壁103b,103bとからなる断面矩形の凹溝103が形成されている。凹溝103は、第一金属部材101の延長方向に延設されている。第二金属部材102は、板状の金属部材である。第二金属部材102の板厚寸法は、第二金属部材102が凹溝103に嵌合するように、凹溝103の幅と同等または凹溝103の幅よりも小さく設定されている。第二金属部材102の材料は、前記した摩擦攪拌可能な金属から適宜選択すればよいが、第一金属部材101と同等の材料であることが好ましい。 The first metal member 101 is a plate-like metal member. The material of the first metal member 101 is appropriately selected from metals capable of friction stir such as aluminum, aluminum alloy, copper, copper alloy, titanium, titanium alloy, magnesium alloy, magnesium alloy and the like. On the back surface 101a of the first metal member 101, a concave groove 103 having a rectangular cross section including a bottom surface 103a and side walls 103b and 103b is formed. The concave groove 103 is extended in the extending direction of the first metal member 101. The second metal member 102 is a plate-like metal member. The plate thickness dimension of the second metal member 102 is set to be equal to or smaller than the width of the concave groove 103 so that the second metal member 102 fits into the concave groove 103. The material of the second metal member 102 may be appropriately selected from the metals that can be frictionally stirred, but is preferably the same material as the first metal member 101.
 突合せ工程は、図15に示すように、第一金属部材101と第二金属部材102とを正面視T字状に突き合わせる工程である。突合せ工程では、第一金属部材101の凹溝103に第二金属部材102を嵌め込み、凹溝103の底面103aに第二金属部材102の端面102cを突き合わせる。第一金属部材101の凹溝103の底面103aと第二金属部材102の端面102cとを突き合わせることにより突合せ部J11(図16参照)が形成される。また、第二金属部材102の両側には、第一内隅S11(図16参照)及び第二内隅S12(図16参照)が形成される。第一内隅S11は、第一金属部材101の裏面101aと第二金属部材102の側面102aとで構成される隅部である。第二内隅S12は、第一金属部材101の裏面101aと第二金属部材102の側面102bとで構成される隅部である。 As shown in FIG. 15, the butting process is a process in which the first metal member 101 and the second metal member 102 are butted in a T shape when viewed from the front. In the butting step, the second metal member 102 is fitted into the concave groove 103 of the first metal member 101, and the end surface 102 c of the second metal member 102 is butted against the bottom surface 103 a of the concave groove 103. The butted portion J11 (see FIG. 16) is formed by butting the bottom surface 103a of the concave groove 103 of the first metal member 101 and the end surface 102c of the second metal member 102. Further, on both sides of the second metal member 102, a first inner corner S11 (see FIG. 16) and a second inner corner S12 (see FIG. 16) are formed. The first inner corner S <b> 11 is a corner formed by the back surface 101 a of the first metal member 101 and the side surface 102 a of the second metal member 102. The second inner corner S <b> 12 is a corner composed of the back surface 101 a of the first metal member 101 and the side surface 102 b of the second metal member 102.
 補助部材配置工程は、図16に示すように、第一金属部材101および第二金属部材102により形成される第一内隅S11および第二内隅S12に補助部材111,112を配置する工程である。補助部材111,112は、板状の金属部材である。補助部材111,112は、本実施形態では、第一金属部材101及び第二金属部材102と同じ材料で形成されている。 As shown in FIG. 16, the auxiliary member arranging step is a step of arranging auxiliary members 111 and 112 at the first inner corner S11 and the second inner corner S12 formed by the first metal member 101 and the second metal member 102. is there. The auxiliary members 111 and 112 are plate-like metal members. In this embodiment, the auxiliary members 111 and 112 are made of the same material as the first metal member 101 and the second metal member 102.
 補助部材配置工程では、図16に示すように、第一金属部材101の裏面101aと補助部材111の表面111bとを面接触させるとともに、端部111cを第二金属部材102の側面102aに当接させる。また、第一金属部材101の裏面101aと補助部材112の表面112bとを面接触させるとともに、端部112cを第二金属部材102の側面102bに当接させる。なお、補助部材111,112の端部111c,112cの形状は、第一金属部材101と第二金属部材102の突き合わせ角度(内角)に応じて、側面102a,102bと隙間なく当接するように形成されるのがよい。補助部材111,112は、突合せ部J11の延長方向を覆う長さで形成されている。補助部材111,112の板厚は、後記する内隅摩擦攪拌工程の際に金属不足が発生しない程度の厚さに設定する。 In the auxiliary member arranging step, as shown in FIG. 16, the back surface 101a of the first metal member 101 and the front surface 111b of the auxiliary member 111 are brought into surface contact, and the end 111c is brought into contact with the side surface 102a of the second metal member 102. Let Further, the back surface 101 a of the first metal member 101 and the front surface 112 b of the auxiliary member 112 are brought into surface contact, and the end portion 112 c is brought into contact with the side surface 102 b of the second metal member 102. The shapes of the end portions 111c and 112c of the auxiliary members 111 and 112 are formed so as to abut on the side surfaces 102a and 102b without a gap depending on the abutting angle (inner angle) between the first metal member 101 and the second metal member 102. It is good to be done. The auxiliary members 111 and 112 are formed with a length that covers the extending direction of the butted portion J11. The plate thickness of the auxiliary members 111 and 112 is set to such a thickness that metal shortage does not occur in the inner corner friction stirring process described later.
 内隅摩擦攪拌工程は、図17に示すように、第一金属部材101および第二金属部材102によって形成される第一内隅S11および第二内隅S12を摩擦攪拌接合する工程である(図17では第一内隅S11側の摩擦攪拌接合のみを図示している)。第一内隅S11側の摩擦攪拌接合では、図17に示すように、第二金属部材102の側面102aと補助部材111の端部111cとが当接する部分に回転する回転ツールFを挿入して行う。また、第二内隅S12側の摩擦攪拌接合では、第二金属部材102の側面102bと補助部材112の端部112cとが当接する部分に回転する回転ツールFを挿入して行う。 The inner corner friction stirring step is a step of friction stir welding the first inner corner S11 and the second inner corner S12 formed by the first metal member 101 and the second metal member 102 as shown in FIG. 17 shows only the friction stir welding on the first inner corner S11 side). In the friction stir welding on the first inner corner S11 side, as shown in FIG. 17, a rotating tool F is inserted into a portion where the side surface 102a of the second metal member 102 and the end portion 111c of the auxiliary member 111 abut. Do. In the friction stir welding on the second inner corner S12 side, the rotating tool F that rotates is inserted into a portion where the side surface 102b of the second metal member 102 and the end 112c of the auxiliary member 112 abut.
 回転ツールFは、本実施形態では右回転させるため、螺旋溝は、基端から先端に向かうにつれて左回りに形成されている。 Rotating tool F is rotated clockwise in this embodiment, so that the spiral groove is formed counterclockwise from the proximal end toward the distal end.
 なお、回転ツールFを左回転させる場合は、螺旋溝を基端から先端に向かうにつれて右回りに形成することが好ましい。螺旋溝をこのように設定することで、摩擦攪拌の際に塑性流動化した金属が螺旋溝によって攪拌ピンF2の先端側に導かれる。これにより、被接合金属部材(第一金属部材101、第二金属部材102及び補助部材111,112)の外部に溢れ出る金属の量を少なくすることができる。 In addition, when rotating the rotation tool F counterclockwise, it is preferable to form the spiral groove clockwise as it goes from the proximal end to the distal end. By setting the spiral groove in this way, the metal plastically fluidized during friction stirring is guided to the tip side of the stirring pin F2 by the spiral groove. Thereby, the quantity of the metal which overflows outside the to-be-joined metal member (The 1st metal member 101, the 2nd metal member 102, and the auxiliary members 111 and 112) can be decreased.
 第一内隅S11側の摩擦攪拌接合では、図17に示すように、第二金属部材102の側面102aと補助部材111の端部111cとが当接する部分に右回転させた攪拌ピンF2を浅く挿入し、図17の手前側から奥側に向けて第一内隅S11に沿って回転ツールFを相対移動させる。つまり、第一内隅S11側の摩擦攪拌接合では、攪拌ピンF2の基端側は露出させた状態で、攪拌ピンF2のみを第一金属部材101、第二金属部材102及び補助部材111に接触させて摩擦攪拌を行う。これにより、回転ツールFの移動軌跡には、線状の塑性化領域W11が形成される。 In the friction stir welding on the first inner corner S11 side, as shown in FIG. 17, the stirring pin F2 that is rotated clockwise to the portion where the side surface 102a of the second metal member 102 and the end 111c of the auxiliary member 111 abut is shallow. The rotary tool F is relatively moved along the first inner corner S11 from the near side to the far side in FIG. That is, in the friction stir welding on the first inner corner S11 side, only the stirring pin F2 contacts the first metal member 101, the second metal member 102, and the auxiliary member 111 with the proximal end side of the stirring pin F2 exposed. And friction stir. Thereby, a linear plasticized region W11 is formed in the movement locus of the rotary tool F.
 一方、第二内隅S12側の摩擦攪拌接合では、第二金属部材102の側面102bと補助部材112の端部112cとが当接する部分に右回転させた攪拌ピンF2を浅く挿入し、図17の奥側から手前側に向けて第二内隅S12に沿って回転ツールFを相対移動させる。つまり、第二内隅S12側の摩擦攪拌接合では、攪拌ピンF2の基端側は露出させた状態で、攪拌ピンF2のみを第一金属部材101、第二金属部材102及び補助部材112に接触させて摩擦攪拌を行う。これにより、回転ツールFの移動軌跡には、線状の塑性化領域W12(図19参照)が形成される。 On the other hand, in the friction stir welding on the second inner corner S12 side, the stirring pin F2 rotated clockwise is shallowly inserted into the portion where the side surface 102b of the second metal member 102 and the end 112c of the auxiliary member 112 abut, and FIG. The rotary tool F is relatively moved along the second inner corner S12 from the back side to the near side. That is, in the friction stir welding on the second inner corner S12 side, only the stirring pin F2 contacts the first metal member 101, the second metal member 102, and the auxiliary member 112 with the proximal end side of the stirring pin F2 exposed. And friction stir. Thereby, a linear plasticized region W12 (see FIG. 19) is formed in the movement locus of the rotary tool F.
 内隅摩擦攪拌工程では、連結部F1が第二金属部材102の側面102aや側面102bに干渉しないように、回転ツールFを第二金属部材102に対して傾斜させた状態で摩擦攪拌接合を行う。攪拌ピンF2の挿入角度や挿入距離は、第一金属部材101及び第二金属部材102を接合できるように適宜設定すればよい。なお、本実施形態では鉛直面(第二金属部材102の側面102a,102b)に対して回転ツールFの回転中心軸を45°傾けている(図18参照)。 In the inner corner friction stirring step, friction stir welding is performed in a state where the rotary tool F is inclined with respect to the second metal member 102 so that the connecting portion F1 does not interfere with the side surface 102a and the side surface 102b of the second metal member 102. . What is necessary is just to set suitably the insertion angle and insertion distance of the stirring pin F2 so that the 1st metal member 101 and the 2nd metal member 102 can be joined. In the present embodiment, the rotation center axis of the rotary tool F is inclined by 45 ° with respect to the vertical plane ( side surfaces 102a and 102b of the second metal member 102) (see FIG. 18).
 また、内隅摩擦攪拌工程では、補助部材111,112側にバリが発生するように接合条件を設定するのがよい。 Also, in the inner corner friction stirring step, it is preferable to set the joining conditions so that burrs are generated on the auxiliary members 111 and 112 side.
 本実施形態では、回転ツールFの回転速度を速く設定しているため、第一内隅S11側の摩擦攪拌接合では、塑性化領域W11外のフロー側である補助部材111にバリV11が多く発生する傾向にある(図18参照)。また、図示は省略するが、第一内隅S11側の摩擦攪拌接合と同じ理由により、第二内隅S12側の摩擦攪拌接合においても、塑性化領域W12外のフロー側である補助部材112にバリV12が多く発生する傾向にある。なお、回転ツールFの接合条件、および補助部材111,112の配置位置は、ここで説明したものに限定されるものではなく適宜設定すればよい。 In this embodiment, since the rotational speed of the rotary tool F is set high, in the friction stir welding on the first inner corner S11 side, many burrs V11 are generated in the auxiliary member 111 on the flow side outside the plasticizing region W11. (See FIG. 18). Although not shown, for the same reason as the friction stir welding on the first inner corner S11 side, the auxiliary member 112 on the flow side outside the plasticizing region W12 is also used in the friction stir welding on the second inner corner S12 side. Many burrs V12 tend to occur. The joining conditions of the rotary tool F and the arrangement positions of the auxiliary members 111 and 112 are not limited to those described here, and may be set as appropriate.
 このようにして、バリV11,V12が発生する側又はバリV11,V12が多く発生する側が補助部材111,112側となるように接合条件を設定すれば、図19に示すように、補助部材111,112にバリV11,V12を集約することができる。その為、後記する除去工程を容易に行うことができるため好ましい。また、回転ツールFの回転速度を速く設定することにより、回転ツールFの移動速度(送り速度)を高めることができる。これにより、接合サイクルを短くすることができる。 In this way, if the joining conditions are set so that the side where the burrs V11, V12 are generated or the side where the burrs V11, V12 are generated is the auxiliary members 111, 112 side, as shown in FIG. , 112 can be aggregated with burrs V11, V12. Therefore, it is preferable because a removal step described later can be easily performed. Further, by setting the rotation speed of the rotary tool F faster, the moving speed (feed speed) of the rotary tool F can be increased. Thereby, a joining cycle can be shortened.
 補助部材の除去工程は、図19に示すように、第一金属部材101又は第二金属部材102から補助部材111,112を除去する工程である(ここでは、第一金属部材101から補助部材111,112を除去する場合を説明する)。本実施形態の除去工程では、補助部材111の端部111dや補助部材112の端部112dを図19の太線矢印方向にめくり上げて、塑性化領域W11,W12との境界部分を折り曲げるようにして切除する。除去工程は、切削工具等を用いてよいが、本実施形態では手作業で除去している。補助部材111,112には、バリV11,V12が形成されているので、補助部材111,112と共にバリV11,V12も一緒に除去される(図20参照)。その為、バリV11,V12を補助部材111,112ごと容易に除去することができる。 As shown in FIG. 19, the auxiliary member removing step is a step of removing the auxiliary members 111 and 112 from the first metal member 101 or the second metal member 102 (here, the auxiliary member 111 from the first metal member 101). , 112 will be described). In the removal process of the present embodiment, the end 111d of the auxiliary member 111 and the end 112d of the auxiliary member 112 are turned up in the direction of the thick arrow in FIG. 19 so that the boundary between the plasticized regions W11 and W12 is bent. Resect. In the removal process, a cutting tool or the like may be used, but in this embodiment, the removal process is performed manually. Since the burrs V11 and V12 are formed on the auxiliary members 111 and 112, the burrs V11 and V12 are also removed together with the auxiliary members 111 and 112 (see FIG. 20). Therefore, the burrs V11 and V12 can be easily removed together with the auxiliary members 111 and 112.
 突合部摩擦攪拌工程は、図21~図23に示すように、突合せ部J11に対して摩擦攪拌接合を行う工程である。図21に示すように、突合部摩擦攪拌工程では、まず、架台105,105に第一金属部材101及び第二金属部材102を配置する。より詳しくは、突合部摩擦攪拌工程では、離間して配置された架台105,105の間に第二金属部材102を挿入して、架台105,105に第一金属部材101の裏面101aを当接させる。架台105,105は、いずれも直方体を呈する。架台105,105のうち、第一内隅S11及び第二内隅S12に対向する部位に面取り部105a,105aが形成されている。面取り部105aの形状は、塑性化領域W11,W12に当接しないように適宜形成すればよく、本実施形態ではC面取り形状になっている。 The abutting portion friction stirring step is a step of performing friction stir welding to the butting portion J11 as shown in FIGS. As shown in FIG. 21, in the butt portion friction stirring step, first, the first metal member 101 and the second metal member 102 are arranged on the gantry 105, 105. More specifically, in the abutting portion friction stirring step, the second metal member 102 is inserted between the bases 105 and 105 that are spaced apart, and the back surface 101 a of the first metal member 101 is brought into contact with the bases 105 and 105. Let The mounts 105 and 105 both present a rectangular parallelepiped. Chamfered portions 105a and 105a are formed in portions of the gantry 105 and 105 facing the first inner corner S11 and the second inner corner S12. The shape of the chamfered portion 105a may be appropriately formed so as not to contact the plasticized regions W11 and W12. In the present embodiment, the shape is a C chamfered shape.
 突合部摩擦攪拌工程は、図22及び図23に示すように、第一金属部材101の表面101bから回転ツールFを挿入して、突合せ部J11に沿って摩擦攪拌接合する工程である。回転ツールFは、内隅摩擦攪拌工程で用いた物と同じであってよく、例えば工具鋼で形成されており、連結部F1と、攪拌ピンF2とで構成されている。なお、攪拌ピンF2は、先細りになっており、攪拌ピンF2の長さは、第一金属部材101の凹溝103(図15参照)が形成された部分の板厚よりも大きくなっている。 The abutting portion friction stirring step is a step of inserting the rotating tool F from the surface 101b of the first metal member 101 and performing friction stir welding along the abutting portion J11 as shown in FIGS. The rotary tool F may be the same as that used in the inner corner friction stirring process, and is formed of, for example, tool steel, and includes a connecting portion F1 and a stirring pin F2. The stirring pin F2 is tapered, and the length of the stirring pin F2 is larger than the plate thickness of the portion where the concave groove 103 (see FIG. 15) of the first metal member 101 is formed.
 突合部摩擦攪拌工程では、第一金属部材101に回転した攪拌ピンF2のみを挿入し、第一金属部材101と連結部F1とは離間させつつ移動させる。言い換えると、攪拌ピンF2の基端部は露出させた状態で突合せ部J11をなぞるようにして摩擦攪拌接合を行う。回転ツールFの移動軌跡には摩擦攪拌された金属が硬化することにより塑性化領域W13が形成される。 In the abutting portion friction stirring step, only the rotated stirring pin F2 is inserted into the first metal member 101, and the first metal member 101 and the connecting portion F1 are moved while being separated from each other. In other words, the friction stir welding is performed by tracing the butt portion J11 with the base end portion of the stirring pin F2 exposed. A plasticized region W13 is formed in the movement path of the rotary tool F by hardening of the friction-stirred metal.
 回転ツールFの挿入深さは、攪拌ピンF2の先端が突合せ部J11に達するように設定することが好ましい。つまり、回転ツールFを第一金属部材101及び第二金属部材102に接触させて摩擦攪拌接合を行うことが好ましい。攪拌ピンF2の先端が、突合せ部J11に達しないように設定する場合、つまり、攪拌ピンF2を第一金属部材101のみに接触させる場合は、第一金属部材101と攪拌ピンF2との摩擦熱によって突合せ部J11の周囲の金属が塑性流動化して第一金属部材101と第二金属部材102とが接合するようにする。なお、摩擦攪拌工程が終了したら、第一金属部材101の表面101bに発生したバリを除去するバリ除去工程を行うことが好ましい。これにより、図24に示すように、第一金属部材101の表面101bをきれいに仕上げることができる。 The insertion depth of the rotary tool F is preferably set so that the tip of the stirring pin F2 reaches the abutting portion J11. That is, it is preferable to perform friction stir welding by bringing the rotary tool F into contact with the first metal member 101 and the second metal member 102. When the tip of the stirring pin F2 is set so as not to reach the abutting portion J11, that is, when the stirring pin F2 is brought into contact only with the first metal member 101, the frictional heat between the first metal member 101 and the stirring pin F2 As a result, the metal around the butt portion J11 is plastically fluidized so that the first metal member 101 and the second metal member 102 are joined. When the friction stirring process is completed, it is preferable to perform a burr removing process for removing burrs generated on the surface 101b of the first metal member 101. Thereby, as shown in FIG. 24, the surface 101b of the 1st metal member 101 can be finished finely.
 なお、補助部材配置工程は、図16に示すように、第一内隅S11、第二内隅S12の第一金属部材101側に寝かせるようにして補助部材111,112を配置(横置き)していたが、少なくとも何れか一方の補助部材111,112を第二金属部材102側に立てかけるようにして配置(縦置き)してもよい。例えば、図25に示すように、第二金属部材102の側面102bと補助部材112の裏面112aとを面接触させるとともに、端部112cを第一金属部材101の裏面101aに当接させる。その場合においても、内隅摩擦攪拌工程では、補助部材111,112側にバリが発生するように接合条件を設定するのがよい。このようにすることで、例えば、第一内隅S11と第二内隅S12とを同じ接合条件で摩擦攪拌接合を行うことが可能になる。 In the auxiliary member arranging step, as shown in FIG. 16, the auxiliary members 111 and 112 are arranged (sideways) so as to be laid on the first metal member 101 side of the first inner corner S11 and the second inner corner S12. However, at least one of the auxiliary members 111 and 112 may be disposed (vertically placed) so as to stand against the second metal member 102 side. For example, as shown in FIG. 25, the side surface 102b of the second metal member 102 and the back surface 112a of the auxiliary member 112 are brought into surface contact, and the end 112c is brought into contact with the back surface 101a of the first metal member 101. Even in that case, in the inner corner friction stirring step, it is preferable to set the joining conditions so that burrs are generated on the auxiliary members 111 and 112 side. By doing in this way, it becomes possible to perform friction stir welding on the 1st inner corner S11 and 2nd inner corner S12 on the same joining conditions, for example.
 また、図17に示す内隅摩擦攪拌工程において、第一金属部材101および第二金属部材102の手前側または奥側に図示しないタブ材を密接した状態で配置し、タブ材に回転ツールFを一旦挿入してから、挿入した状態のまま第一金属部材101および第二金属部材102側へ相対移動させて第一内隅S11および第二内隅S12を摩擦攪拌接合してもよい。同様に、図22に示す突合部摩擦攪拌工程において、第一金属部材101および第二金属部材102の手前側または奥側に図示しないタブ材を密接した状態で配置し、タブ材に回転ツールFを一旦挿入してから、挿入した状態のまま第一金属部材101および第二金属部材102側へ相対移動させて突合せ部J11を摩擦攪拌接合してもよい。回転ツールFを離脱させる場合も同様である。 In the inner corner friction stirring step shown in FIG. 17, a tab material (not shown) is placed in close contact with the near side or the back side of the first metal member 101 and the second metal member 102, and the rotary tool F is placed on the tab material. Once inserted, the first inner corner S11 and the second inner corner S12 may be friction stir welded by moving relative to the first metal member 101 and the second metal member 102 in the inserted state. Similarly, in the butt portion friction stirring step shown in FIG. 22, a tab material (not shown) is placed in close contact with the near side or the back side of the first metal member 101 and the second metal member 102, and the rotary tool F is placed on the tab material. May be once inserted and then relatively moved toward the first metal member 101 and the second metal member 102 in the inserted state, and the butt joint J11 may be friction stir welded. The same applies when the rotary tool F is detached.
 以上説明した本実施形態に係る接合方法によれば、第一内隅S11および第二内隅S12に補助部材111,112を配置し、補助部材111,112を介して第一内隅S11、第二内隅S12の摩擦攪拌接合を行う。これにより、補助部材111,112によって第一内隅S11、第二内隅S12の金属不足を解消できるので、接合不良を防ぐことができる。 According to the joining method according to the present embodiment described above, the auxiliary members 111 and 112 are disposed at the first inner corner S11 and the second inner corner S12, and the first inner corner S11 and the second inner corner S11 are interposed via the auxiliary members 111 and 112. Friction stir welding of the two inner corners S12 is performed. Thereby, since the metal shortage of the first inner corner S11 and the second inner corner S12 can be eliminated by the auxiliary members 111 and 112, it is possible to prevent poor bonding.
 また、本実施形態に係る接合方法によれば、第一内隅S11、第二内隅S12に摩擦攪拌接合を行っているので、突合部摩擦攪拌工程時における第一金属部材101及び第二金属部材102同士の位置ずれや離間を防ぐことができる。これにより、第一金属部材101及び第二金属部材102の位置ずれや離間に伴う接合不良の発生を防ぐことができる。 Further, according to the joining method according to the present embodiment, since the friction stir welding is performed on the first inner corner S11 and the second inner corner S12, the first metal member 101 and the second metal at the time of the abutting portion friction stirring step. Positional displacement and separation between the members 102 can be prevented. Thereby, generation | occurrence | production of the joining defect accompanying the position shift and separation | spacing of the 1st metal member 101 and the 2nd metal member 102 can be prevented.
 また、本実施形態の第一金属部材101には凹溝103が形成されているので、第一金属部材101の凹溝103が形成されている部分の板厚は、他の部分の板厚よりも薄い。したがって、本実施形態の突合部摩擦攪拌工程では、凹溝103が形成されない場合に比べて攪拌ピンF2を挿入する深さを浅くすることができるので、摩擦攪拌装置に大きな負荷がかからない状態で、突合せ部J11の摩擦攪拌接合を行うことができる。 Moreover, since the concave groove 103 is formed in the first metal member 101 of the present embodiment, the thickness of the portion of the first metal member 101 where the concave groove 103 is formed is greater than the thickness of the other portions. Is also thin. Therefore, in the butt portion friction agitation process of the present embodiment, the depth at which the agitation pin F2 is inserted can be reduced as compared with the case where the concave groove 103 is not formed, so that a large load is not applied to the friction agitation device. Friction stir welding of the butt portion J11 can be performed.
 また、本実施形態の内隅摩擦攪拌工程では、補助部材111,112側にバリVが発生するように接合条件を設定するので、補助部材111,112にバリV11,V12を集約することができる。その為、バリV11,V12を補助部材111,112ごと容易に除去することができる。 Further, in the inner corner friction agitation process of the present embodiment, since the joining conditions are set so that the burrs V are generated on the auxiliary members 111 and 112 side, the burrs V11 and V12 can be collected on the auxiliary members 111 and 112. . Therefore, the burrs V11 and V12 can be easily removed together with the auxiliary members 111 and 112.
 また、本実施形態の突合部摩擦攪拌工程では、回転ツールFを用いて、攪拌ピンF2のみを第一金属部材101及び第二金属部材102(又は第一金属部材101のみ)に接触させた状態で摩擦攪拌接合を行っているので、摩擦攪拌装置に大きな負荷がかからない状態で、深い位置まで摩擦攪拌接合を行うことができる。したがって、回転ツールFは、第一金属部材101の板厚が大きい場合に特に有利である。また、回転ツールFは、ショルダ部を押し込む場合と比べて塑性化領域Wの幅を小さくできるため、第二金属部材102の板厚が薄い場合にも有利である。 Further, in the abutting portion friction agitation process of the present embodiment, using the rotary tool F, only the agitation pin F2 is brought into contact with the first metal member 101 and the second metal member 102 (or only the first metal member 101). Since the friction stir welding is performed, the friction stir welding can be performed to a deep position without applying a large load to the friction stirrer. Therefore, the rotary tool F is particularly advantageous when the thickness of the first metal member 101 is large. Moreover, since the rotation tool F can make the width | variety of the plasticization area | region W small compared with the case where a shoulder part is pushed in, it is advantageous also when the plate | board thickness of the 2nd metal member 102 is thin.
 また、本実施形態の架台105,105は、第一内隅S11および第二内隅S12に対向する部位に面取り部105a,105aが形成されている。第一金属部材101及び第二金属部材102を架台105に配置するときに、塑性化領域W11,W12と架台105とが干渉して第一金属部材101及び第二金属部材102が架台105から浮き上がってしまうおそれがあるが、本実施形態によれば、塑性化領域W11,W12と架台105とが干渉するのを防ぐことができる。 In addition, the pedestals 105 and 105 of the present embodiment have chamfered portions 105a and 105a formed at portions facing the first inner corner S11 and the second inner corner S12. When the first metal member 101 and the second metal member 102 are arranged on the gantry 105, the plasticized regions W11 and W12 and the gantry 105 interfere with each other, and the first metal member 101 and the second metal member 102 are lifted from the gantry 105. However, according to this embodiment, it is possible to prevent the plasticized regions W11 and W12 and the gantry 105 from interfering with each other.
[第六実施形態]
 次に、本発明の第六実施形態に係る接合方法について説明する。第六実施形態に係る接合方法は、第五実施形態と同様に、突合せ工程と、補助部材配置工程と、内隅摩擦攪拌工程と、補助部材の除去工程と、突合部摩擦攪拌工程とを行う。図26に示すように、第二実施形態に係る接合方法では、突合部摩擦攪拌工程において、回転ツールGを用いる点で第五実施形態と相違する。その他の工程である、突合せ工程、補助部材配置工程、内隅摩擦攪拌工程および補助部材の除去工程は、第五実施形態と同一であるため説明を省略する。
[Sixth embodiment]
Next, the joining method according to the sixth embodiment of the present invention will be described. As in the fifth embodiment, the joining method according to the sixth embodiment performs a butting step, an auxiliary member arranging step, an inner corner friction stirring step, an auxiliary member removing step, and a butt portion friction stirring step. . As shown in FIG. 26, the joining method according to the second embodiment is different from the fifth embodiment in that a rotating tool G is used in the butt portion friction stirring step. The other steps, the butting step, the auxiliary member arranging step, the inner corner friction stirring step, and the auxiliary member removing step, are the same as those in the fifth embodiment, and thus the description thereof is omitted.
 回転ツールGは、例えば工具鋼で形成されており、円柱状のショルダ部G1と、ショルダ部G1から垂下する攪拌ピンG2とで構成されている。攪拌ピンG2の外周面には、螺旋溝が刻設されている。突合部摩擦攪拌工程では、回転ツールGを第一金属部材101の表面101bに挿入しつつ突合せ部J11に沿って移動させる。また、突合部摩擦攪拌工程では、ショルダ部G1の下端面を第一金属部材101に数ミリ程度押し込んで摩擦攪拌を行う。攪拌ピンG2の挿入深さは、突合せ部J11が摩擦攪拌接合可能であれば特に制限されないが、図26に示すように、攪拌ピンG2の先端が突合せ部J11に達するように設定することが好ましい。つまり、回転ツールGを第一金属部材101及び第二金属部材102に接触させて摩擦攪拌接合を行うことが好ましい。 The rotary tool G is made of, for example, tool steel, and includes a columnar shoulder portion G1 and a stirring pin G2 depending from the shoulder portion G1. A spiral groove is formed on the outer peripheral surface of the stirring pin G2. In the butt portion friction stirring step, the rotary tool G is moved along the butt portion J11 while being inserted into the surface 101b of the first metal member 101. In the abutting portion friction stirring step, the lower end surface of the shoulder portion G1 is pushed into the first metal member 101 by about several millimeters to perform friction stirring. The insertion depth of the stirring pin G2 is not particularly limited as long as the butted portion J11 can be friction stir welded, but it is preferable to set the tip of the stirring pin G2 so as to reach the butted portion J11 as shown in FIG. . That is, it is preferable to perform friction stir welding by bringing the rotary tool G into contact with the first metal member 101 and the second metal member 102.
 攪拌ピンG2の先端が、突合せ部J11に達しないように設定する場合、つまり、攪拌ピンG2が第一金属部材101のみと接触する場合は、第一金属部材101と攪拌ピンG2との摩擦熱によって突合せ部J11の周囲の金属が塑性流動化して第一金属部材101と第二金属部材102とが接合するようにする。なお、ショルダ部G1の外径(直径)は、適宜設定してよいが、凹溝103(図15参照)の幅よりも小さく形成されているのがよい。 When the tip of the stirring pin G2 is set so as not to reach the butting portion J11, that is, when the stirring pin G2 contacts only the first metal member 101, the frictional heat between the first metal member 101 and the stirring pin G2 As a result, the metal around the butt portion J11 is plastically fluidized so that the first metal member 101 and the second metal member 102 are joined. In addition, although the outer diameter (diameter) of the shoulder part G1 may be set suitably, it is good to form smaller than the width | variety of the ditch | groove 103 (refer FIG. 15).
 以上説明した第六実施形態に係る接合方法によれば、第五実施形態と略同等の効果を得ることができる。また、ショルダ部G1を第一金属部材101の表面101bに押し込んでいるので塑性流動材がショルダ部G1で押さえられ、バリを少なくすることができる。また、回転ツールGの押し込み量を小さくすると、塑性化領域W13によって表面101bに発生する溝を小さくすることができるため、表面処理等が容易になり、第一金属部材101の表面101bをきれいに仕上げることができる。また、ショルダ部G1の外径(直径)を凹溝103の幅よりも小さく形成するので、回転ツールGの攪拌ピンG2によって塑性流動化した材料が、第一金属部材101と第二金属部材102との第一内隅S11、第二内隅S12から飛び出ることを防止することができる。 According to the joining method according to the sixth embodiment described above, an effect substantially equivalent to that of the fifth embodiment can be obtained. Further, since the shoulder portion G1 is pushed into the surface 101b of the first metal member 101, the plastic fluidized material is pressed by the shoulder portion G1, and burrs can be reduced. Moreover, since the groove | channel which generate | occur | produces in the surface 101b by the plasticization area | region W13 can be made small if the pushing amount of the rotation tool G is made small, surface treatment etc. become easy and finishes the surface 101b of the 1st metal member 101 neatly. be able to. Further, since the outer diameter (diameter) of the shoulder portion G1 is formed smaller than the width of the concave groove 103, the material plastically fluidized by the stirring pin G2 of the rotary tool G is the first metal member 101 and the second metal member 102. Can be prevented from jumping out from the first inner corner S11 and the second inner corner S12.
[第七実施形態]
 次に、本発明の第七実施形態に係る接合方法について説明する。第七実施形態に係る接合方法は、第五実施形態と同様に、突合せ工程と、補助部材配置工程と、内隅摩擦攪拌工程と、補助部材の除去工程と、突合部摩擦攪拌工程とを行う。本実施形態に係る接合方法では、図27に示すように、第一金属部材121、第二金属部材122及び第三金属部材123を正面視T字状に突き合わせて接合する点で第五実施形態と相違する。
[Seventh embodiment]
Next, the joining method according to the seventh embodiment of the present invention will be described. As in the fifth embodiment, the joining method according to the seventh embodiment performs a butting step, an auxiliary member arranging step, an inner corner friction stirring step, an auxiliary member removing step, and a butt portion friction stirring step. . In the joining method according to this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 27, the fifth embodiment is that the first metal member 121, the second metal member 122, and the third metal member 123 are joined in a T-shape when viewed from the front. Is different.
 第一金属部材121及び第三金属部材123は、板状の金属部材である。第一金属部材121及び第三金属部材123の材料は、アルミニウム、アルミニウム合金、銅、銅合金、チタン、チタン合金、 マグネシウム、マグネシウム合金等の摩擦攪拌可能な金属から適宜選択される。第一金属部材121の裏面121a側の角部は、正面視矩形状に切り欠かれている。つまり、第一金属部材121の裏面121aには、底面121d及び側壁121eからなる凹部121fを有する。また、第三金属部材123の裏面123a側の角部は、正面視矩形状に切り欠かれている。つまり、第三金属部材123の裏面123aには、底面123d及び側壁123eからなる凹部123fを有する。後記するように、第一金属部材121と第三金属部材123とを突き合わせることで、凹部121f及び凹部123fによって凹溝124が形成される。なお、凹部121fと凹部123fとは、同等の寸法であることが好ましい。つまり、第一金属部材121と第三金属部材123とが突き合わされた状態において、第一金属部材121の底面121dと第三金属部材123の底面123dとが面一になることが好ましい。 The first metal member 121 and the third metal member 123 are plate-like metal members. The material of the first metal member 121 and the third metal member 123 is appropriately selected from metals that can be frictionally stirred such as aluminum, aluminum alloy, copper, copper alloy, titanium, titanium alloy, magnesium alloy, and magnesium alloy. A corner on the back surface 121a side of the first metal member 121 is cut out in a rectangular shape in front view. That is, the back surface 121a of the first metal member 121 has a recess 121f composed of a bottom surface 121d and a side wall 121e. Moreover, the corner | angular part by the side of the back surface 123a of the 3rd metal member 123 is notched by the front view rectangular shape. That is, the back surface 123a of the third metal member 123 has a recess 123f composed of a bottom surface 123d and a side wall 123e. As will be described later, a concave groove 124 is formed by the concave portion 121f and the concave portion 123f by butting the first metal member 121 and the third metal member 123 together. In addition, it is preferable that the recessed part 121f and the recessed part 123f are equivalent dimensions. That is, it is preferable that the bottom surface 121d of the first metal member 121 and the bottom surface 123d of the third metal member 123 are flush with each other in a state where the first metal member 121 and the third metal member 123 are abutted.
 第二金属部材122は、板状の金属部材である。第二金属部材122の板厚寸法は、第二金属部材122が凹溝124に嵌合するように、凹溝124の幅と同等または凹溝124の幅よりも小さく設定されている。第二金属部材122の材料は、前記した摩擦攪拌可能な金属から適宜選択すればよいが、第一金属部材121及び第三金属部材123と同等の材料であることが好ましい。 The second metal member 122 is a plate-like metal member. The plate thickness dimension of the second metal member 122 is set to be equal to or smaller than the width of the groove 124 so that the second metal member 122 fits into the groove 124. The material of the second metal member 122 may be appropriately selected from the metals that can be frictionally stirred, but is preferably the same material as the first metal member 121 and the third metal member 123.
 突合せ工程では、第一金属部材121の凹部121fが形成された側の端面121cと第三金属部材123の凹部123fが形成された側の端面123cとを突き合わせて第一突合せ部J21を形成する。第一金属部材121及び第三金属部材123が突き合わされた状態で、第一金属部材121及び第三金属部材123の裏面121a,123a(第一突合せ部J21周辺)には、断面矩形の凹溝124が形成される。凹溝124は、第一金属部材121及び第三金属部材123の延長方向に延設される。 In the butting step, the first butted portion J21 is formed by butting the end surface 121c on the side where the recess 121f of the first metal member 121 is formed and the end surface 123c on the side where the recess 123f of the third metal member 123 is formed. In the state in which the first metal member 121 and the third metal member 123 are abutted with each other, the back surfaces 121a and 123a (around the first abutting portion J21) of the first metal member 121 and the third metal member 123 are recessed grooves having a rectangular cross section. 124 is formed. The concave groove 124 extends in the extending direction of the first metal member 121 and the third metal member 123.
 また、突合せ工程では、第一突合せ部J21に第二金属部材122の端面122cを突き合わせて第二突合せ部J22(図28参照)を形成する。つまり、第一金属部材121の裏面121a及び第三金属部材123の裏面123aに形成される凹溝124に対して、第二金属部材122の端面122cを突き合わせる。これにより、第二金属部材122の両側には、第一内隅S21(図28参照)及び第二内隅S22(図28参照)が形成される。第一内隅S21は、第一金属部材121の裏面121aと第二金属部材122の側面122aとで構成される隅部である。第二内隅S22は、第三金属部材123の裏面123aと第二金属部材122の側面122bとで構成される隅部である。 In the butting process, the end face 122c of the second metal member 122 is butted against the first butting part J21 to form the second butting part J22 (see FIG. 28). That is, the end surface 122c of the second metal member 122 is abutted against the groove 124 formed in the back surface 121a of the first metal member 121 and the back surface 123a of the third metal member 123. Thereby, the first inner corner S21 (see FIG. 28) and the second inner corner S22 (see FIG. 28) are formed on both sides of the second metal member 122. The first inner corner S <b> 21 is a corner constituted by the back surface 121 a of the first metal member 121 and the side surface 122 a of the second metal member 122. The second inner corner S <b> 22 is a corner formed by the back surface 123 a of the third metal member 123 and the side surface 122 b of the second metal member 122.
 補助部材配置工程は、図28に示すように、第一金属部材121および第二金属部材122の第一内隅S21および第三金属部材123および第二金属部材122の第二内隅S22に補助部材111,112を配置する工程である。補助部材111,112は、板状の金属部材である。補助部材111,112は、本実施形態では、第一金属部材121、第二金属部材122および第三金属部材123と同じ材料で形成されている。 In the auxiliary member arranging step, as shown in FIG. 28, the first inner corner S21 of the first metal member 121 and the second metal member 122 and the second inner corner S22 of the third metal member 123 and the second metal member 122 are assisted. In this step, the members 111 and 112 are disposed. The auxiliary members 111 and 112 are plate-like metal members. In this embodiment, the auxiliary members 111 and 112 are formed of the same material as the first metal member 121, the second metal member 122, and the third metal member 123.
 補助部材配置工程では、図28に示すように、第一金属部材121の裏面121aと補助部材111の表面111bとを面接触させるとともに、端部111cを第二金属部材122の側面122aに当接させる。また、第二金属部材122の側面122bと補助部材12の裏面112aとを面接触させるとともに、端部112cを第三金属部材123の裏面123aに当接させる。なお、補助部材111,112の端部111c,112cの形状は、第一金属部材121と第二金属部材122と第三金属部材123との突き合わせ角度(内角)に応じて、側面122aや裏面123aと隙間なく当接するように形成されるのがよい。補助部材111,112は、第二突合せ部J22の延長方向を覆う長さで形成されている。補助部材111,112の板厚は、後記する内隅摩擦攪拌工程の際に金属不足が発生しない程度の厚さに設定する。なお、第五実施形態と同様に、第二内隅S22の第三金属部材123側に寝かせるようにして補助部材112を配置(横置き)してもよいし、また、第一内隅S21の第二金属部材122側に補助部材111を立てかけるようにして配置(縦置き)してもよい。 In the auxiliary member arranging step, as shown in FIG. 28, the back surface 121a of the first metal member 121 and the front surface 111b of the auxiliary member 111 are brought into surface contact, and the end 111c is brought into contact with the side surface 122a of the second metal member 122. Let Further, the side surface 122 b of the second metal member 122 and the back surface 112 a of the auxiliary member 12 are brought into surface contact, and the end portion 112 c is brought into contact with the back surface 123 a of the third metal member 123. The shapes of the end portions 111c and 112c of the auxiliary members 111 and 112 are such that the side surface 122a and the back surface 123a are in accordance with the abutment angle (inner angle) of the first metal member 121, the second metal member 122, and the third metal member 123. It is good to form so that it may contact | abut with no gap. The auxiliary members 111 and 112 are formed with a length that covers the extending direction of the second butting portion J22. The plate thickness of the auxiliary members 111 and 112 is set to such a thickness that metal shortage does not occur in the inner corner friction stirring process described later. As in the fifth embodiment, the auxiliary member 112 may be disposed (sideways) so as to lie on the third metal member 123 side of the second inner corner S22, or the first inner corner S21. You may arrange | position (vertically set) so that the auxiliary member 111 may lean against the 2nd metal member 122 side.
 内隅摩擦攪拌工程は、図29に示すように、第一金属部材121、第二金属部材122および第三金属部材123によって形成される第一内隅S21および第二内隅S22を摩擦攪拌接合する工程である(図29では第一内隅S21側の摩擦攪拌接合のみを図示している)。第一内隅S21側の摩擦攪拌接合では、図29に示すように、第二金属部材122の側面122aと補助部材111の端部111cとが当接する部分に回転する回転ツールFを挿入して行う。また、第二内隅S22側の摩擦攪拌接合では、第三金属部材123の裏面123aと補助部材112の端部112cとが当接する部分に回転する回転ツールFを挿入して行う。 In the inner corner friction stirring step, as shown in FIG. 29, the first inner corner S21 and the second inner corner S22 formed by the first metal member 121, the second metal member 122, and the third metal member 123 are friction stir welded. (In FIG. 29, only the friction stir welding on the first inner corner S21 side is shown in FIG. 29). In the friction stir welding on the first inner corner S21 side, as shown in FIG. 29, a rotating tool F is inserted into a portion where the side surface 122a of the second metal member 122 and the end 111c of the auxiliary member 111 abut. Do. In the friction stir welding on the second inner corner S22 side, the rotating tool F that rotates is inserted into a portion where the back surface 123a of the third metal member 123 and the end 112c of the auxiliary member 112 abut.
 第一内隅S21側の摩擦攪拌接合では、図29に示すように、第二金属部材122の側面122aと補助部材111の端部111cとが当接する部分に右回転させた攪拌ピンF2を浅く挿入し、図29の手前側から奥側に向けて第一内隅S21に沿って回転ツールFを相対移動させる。つまり、第一内隅S21側の摩擦攪拌接合では、攪拌ピンF2の基端側は露出させた状態で、攪拌ピンF2のみを第一金属部材121、第二金属部材122及び補助部材111に接触させて摩擦攪拌を行う。これにより、回転ツールFの移動軌跡には、線状の塑性化領域W21が形成される。 In the friction stir welding on the first inner corner S21 side, as shown in FIG. 29, the stirring pin F2 that is rotated clockwise to the portion where the side surface 122a of the second metal member 122 abuts the end 111c of the auxiliary member 111 is shallow. The rotary tool F is inserted and relatively moved along the first inner corner S21 from the near side to the far side in FIG. That is, in the friction stir welding on the first inner corner S21 side, only the stirring pin F2 contacts the first metal member 121, the second metal member 122, and the auxiliary member 111 with the proximal end side of the stirring pin F2 exposed. And friction stir. Thereby, a linear plasticized region W21 is formed in the movement locus of the rotary tool F.
 一方、第二内隅S22側の摩擦攪拌接合では、第三金属部材123の裏面123aと補助部材112の端部112cとが当接する部分に右回転させた攪拌ピンF2を浅く挿入し、図29の手前側から奥側に向けて第二内隅S22に沿って回転ツールFを相対移動させる。つまり、第二内隅S22側の摩擦攪拌接合では、攪拌ピンF2の基端側は露出させた状態で、攪拌ピンF2のみを第二金属部材122、第三金属部材123及び補助部材112に接触させて摩擦攪拌を行う。これにより、回転ツールFの移動軌跡には、線状の塑性化領域W22(図31参照)が形成される。 On the other hand, in the friction stir welding on the second inner corner S22 side, the agitating pin F2 rotated clockwise is shallowly inserted into the portion where the back surface 123a of the third metal member 123 and the end 112c of the auxiliary member 112 abut, and FIG. The rotary tool F is relatively moved along the second inner corner S22 from the near side to the far side. That is, in the friction stir welding on the second inner corner S22 side, only the stirring pin F2 contacts the second metal member 122, the third metal member 123, and the auxiliary member 112 with the proximal end side of the stirring pin F2 exposed. And friction stir. As a result, a linear plasticized region W22 (see FIG. 31) is formed on the movement locus of the rotary tool F.
 内隅摩擦攪拌工程では、連結部F1が第二金属部材122の側面122aや側面122bに干渉しないように、回転ツールFを第二金属部材122に対して傾斜させた状態で摩擦攪拌接合を行う。攪拌ピンF2の挿入角度や挿入距離は、第一金属部材121、第二金属部材122及び第三金属部材123を接合できるように適宜設定すればよい。なお、本実施形態では鉛直面(第二金属部材122の側面122a,122b)に対して回転ツールFの回転中心軸を45°傾けている(図30参照)。 In the inner corner friction stirring step, friction stir welding is performed in a state where the rotary tool F is inclined with respect to the second metal member 122 so that the connecting portion F1 does not interfere with the side surface 122a and the side surface 122b of the second metal member 122. . What is necessary is just to set suitably the insertion angle and insertion distance of the stirring pin F2 so that the 1st metal member 121, the 2nd metal member 122, and the 3rd metal member 123 can be joined. In the present embodiment, the rotation center axis of the rotary tool F is inclined by 45 ° with respect to the vertical plane ( side surfaces 122a and 122b of the second metal member 122) (see FIG. 30).
 また、内隅摩擦攪拌工程では、補助部材111,112側にバリが発生するように接合条件を設定するのがよい。 Also, in the inner corner friction stirring step, it is preferable to set the joining conditions so that burrs are generated on the auxiliary members 111 and 112 side.
 本実施形態では、回転ツールFの回転速度を速く設定しているため、第一内隅S21側の摩擦攪拌接合では、塑性化領域W21外のフロー側である補助部材111にバリV21が多く発生する傾向にある(図30参照)。また、図示は省略するが、第一内隅S21側の摩擦攪拌接合と同じ理由により、第二内隅S22側の摩擦攪拌接合においても、塑性化領域W22外のフロー側である補助部材112にバリV22が多く発生する傾向にある。なお、回転ツールFの接合条件、および補助部材111,112の配置位置は、ここで説明したものに限定されるものではなく適宜設定すればよい。 In this embodiment, since the rotational speed of the rotary tool F is set high, in the friction stir welding on the first inner corner S21 side, many burrs V21 are generated in the auxiliary member 111 on the flow side outside the plasticizing region W21. (See FIG. 30). Although not shown, for the same reason as the friction stir welding on the first inner corner S21 side, in the friction stir welding on the second inner corner S22 side, the auxiliary member 112 on the flow side outside the plasticizing region W22 is attached to the auxiliary member 112. Many burrs V22 tend to occur. The joining conditions of the rotary tool F and the arrangement positions of the auxiliary members 111 and 112 are not limited to those described here, and may be set as appropriate.
 このようにして、バリV21,V22が発生する側又はバリV21,V22が多く発生する側が補助部材111,112側となるように接合条件を設定すれば、図31に示すように、補助部材111,112にバリV21,V22を集約することができる。その為、後記する除去工程を容易に行うことができるため好ましい。また、回転ツールFの回転速度を速く設定することにより、回転ツールFの移動速度(送り速度)を高めることができる。これにより、接合サイクルを短くすることができる。 In this way, if the joining condition is set so that the side where the burrs V21, V22 are generated or the side where the burrs V21, V22 are generated is the auxiliary members 111, 112 side, as shown in FIG. , 112 can be combined with burrs V21, V22. Therefore, it is preferable because a removal step described later can be easily performed. Further, by setting the rotation speed of the rotary tool F faster, the moving speed (feed speed) of the rotary tool F can be increased. Thereby, a joining cycle can be shortened.
 補助部材の除去工程は、図31に示すように、第一金属部材121、第二金属部材122又は第三金属部材123から補助部材111,112を除去する工程である(ここでは、第一金属部材121から補助部材111を除去すると共に第二金属部材122から補助部材112を除去する場合を説明する)。本実施形態の除去工程では、補助部材111の端部111dや補助部材112の端部112dを図31の太線矢印方向にめくり上げて、塑性化領域W21,W22との境界部分を折り曲げるようにして切除する。除去工程は、切削工具等を用いてよいが、本実施形態では手作業で除去している。補助部材111,112には、バリV21,V22が形成されているので、補助部材111,112と共にバリV21,V22も一緒に除去される(図32参照)。その為、バリV21,V22を補助部材111,112ごと容易に除去することができる。 The auxiliary member removing step is a step of removing the auxiliary members 111 and 112 from the first metal member 121, the second metal member 122, or the third metal member 123, as shown in FIG. The case where the auxiliary member 111 is removed from the member 121 and the auxiliary member 112 is removed from the second metal member 122 will be described). In the removing process of the present embodiment, the end 111d of the auxiliary member 111 and the end 112d of the auxiliary member 112 are turned up in the direction of the thick arrow in FIG. 31 so that the boundary between the plasticized regions W21 and W22 is bent. Resect. In the removal process, a cutting tool or the like may be used, but in this embodiment, the removal process is performed manually. Since the burrs V21 and V22 are formed on the auxiliary members 111 and 112, the burrs V21 and V22 are also removed together with the auxiliary members 111 and 112 (see FIG. 32). Therefore, the burrs V21 and V22 can be easily removed together with the auxiliary members 111 and 112.
 突合部摩擦攪拌工程は、図33~図35に示すように、第一突合せ部J21及び第二突合せ部J22に対して摩擦攪拌接合を行う工程である。図33に示すように、第五実施形態と同じ要領で、まず、架台105,105に第一金属部材121、第二金属部材122及び第三金属部材123を配置する。より詳しくは、突合部摩擦攪拌工程では、離間して配置された架台105,105の間に第二金属部材122を挿入して、架台105,105に第一金属部材121の裏面121aおよび第三金属部材123の裏面123aを当接させる。架台105,105は、いずれも直方体を呈する。架台105,105のうち、第一内隅S21および第二内隅S22に対向する部位に面取り部105a,105aが形成されている。面取り部105aの形状は、塑性化領域W21,W22に当接しないように適宜形成すればよく、本実施形態ではC面取り形状になっている。 The abutting portion friction stirring step is a step of performing friction stir welding on the first butting portion J21 and the second butting portion J22 as shown in FIGS. As shown in FIG. 33, first, the first metal member 121, the second metal member 122, and the third metal member 123 are arranged on the gantry 105, 105 in the same manner as the fifth embodiment. More specifically, in the abutting portion friction stirring step, the second metal member 122 is inserted between the gantry 105 and 105 that are spaced apart from each other, and the back surface 121a of the first metal member 121 and the third metal member 122 are inserted into the gantry 105 and 105. The back surface 123a of the metal member 123 is brought into contact. The mounts 105 and 105 both present a rectangular parallelepiped. Chamfered portions 105a and 105a are formed in portions of the gantry 105 and 105 facing the first inner corner S21 and the second inner corner S22. The shape of the chamfered portion 105a may be appropriately formed so as not to contact the plasticized regions W21 and W22. In the present embodiment, the shape is a C chamfered shape.
 突合部摩擦攪拌工程は、図34及び図35に示すように、第一金属部材121の表面121b及び第三金属部材123の表面123bから回転ツールFを挿入して、第一突合せ部J21に沿って摩擦攪拌接合する工程である。回転ツールFは、内隅摩擦攪拌工程で用いた物と同じであってよく、例えば工具鋼で形成されており、連結部F1と、攪拌ピンF2とで構成されている。なお、攪拌ピンF2は、先細りになっており、攪拌ピンF2の長さは、第一金属部材121及び第三金属部材123により形成される凹溝124(図27参照)が形成された部分の板厚よりも大きくなっている。 As shown in FIGS. 34 and 35, the abutting portion friction agitation step inserts the rotating tool F from the surface 121b of the first metal member 121 and the surface 123b of the third metal member 123, and follows the first abutting portion J21. This is a step of friction stir welding. The rotary tool F may be the same as that used in the inner corner friction stirring process, and is formed of, for example, tool steel, and includes a connecting portion F1 and a stirring pin F2. The stirring pin F2 is tapered, and the length of the stirring pin F2 is the portion where the concave groove 124 (see FIG. 27) formed by the first metal member 121 and the third metal member 123 is formed. It is larger than the plate thickness.
 突合部摩擦攪拌工程では、第一金属部材121及び第三金属部材123で形成される第一突合せ部J21に回転した攪拌ピンF2のみを挿入し、第一金属部材121及び第三金属部材123と連結部F1とは離間させつつ移動させる。言い換えると、攪拌ピンF2の基端部は露出させた状態で第一突合せ部J21をなぞるようにして摩擦攪拌接合を行う。回転ツールFの移動軌跡には摩擦攪拌された金属が硬化することにより塑性化領域W23が形成される。 In the butt portion friction stirring step, only the rotated stirring pin F2 is inserted into the first butt portion J21 formed by the first metal member 121 and the third metal member 123, and the first metal member 121 and the third metal member 123 It is moved while being separated from the connecting portion F1. In other words, the friction stir welding is performed by tracing the first abutting portion J21 with the base end portion of the stirring pin F2 exposed. A plasticized region W23 is formed in the movement locus of the rotary tool F by hardening of the friction-stirred metal.
 回転ツールFの挿入深さは、攪拌ピンF2の先端が第二突合せ部J22に達するように設定することが好ましい。つまり、回転ツールFを第一金属部材121、第二金属部材122及び第三金属部材123に接触させて摩擦攪拌接合を行うことが好ましい。攪拌ピンF2の先端が、第二突合せ部J22に達しないように設定する場合、つまり、攪拌ピンF2を第一金属部材121及び第三金属部材123のみに接触させる場合は、第一金属部材121及び第三金属部材123と攪拌ピンF2との摩擦熱によって第二突合せ部J22の周囲の金属が塑性流動化して第一金属部材121、第二金属部材122及び第三金属部材123が接合するようにする。なお、摩擦攪拌工程が終了したら、第一金属部材121及び第三金属部材123の表面121b,123bに発生したバリを除去するバリ除去工程を行うことが好ましい。これにより、第一金属部材121及び第三金属部材123の表面121b,123bをきれいに仕上げることができる。 The insertion depth of the rotary tool F is preferably set so that the tip of the stirring pin F2 reaches the second butting portion J22. That is, it is preferable to perform friction stir welding by bringing the rotary tool F into contact with the first metal member 121, the second metal member 122, and the third metal member 123. When setting so that the tip of the stirring pin F2 does not reach the second butting portion J22, that is, when the stirring pin F2 is brought into contact with only the first metal member 121 and the third metal member 123, the first metal member 121 is used. The metal around the second butted portion J22 is plastically fluidized by frictional heat between the third metal member 123 and the stirring pin F2, and the first metal member 121, the second metal member 122, and the third metal member 123 are joined. To. When the friction stirring step is completed, it is preferable to perform a burr removing step of removing burrs generated on the surfaces 121b and 123b of the first metal member 121 and the third metal member 123. Thereby, the surface 121b, 123b of the 1st metal member 121 and the 3rd metal member 123 can be finished finely.
 なお、図29に示す内隅摩擦攪拌工程において、第一金属部材121、第二金属部材122及び第三金属部材123の手前側または奥側に図示しないタブ材を密接した状態で配置し、タブ材に回転ツールFを一旦挿入してから、挿入した状態のまま第一金属部材121、第二金属部材122及び第三金属部材123側へ相対移動させて第一内隅S21および第二内隅S22を摩擦攪拌接合してもよい。同様に、図34に示す突合部摩擦攪拌工程において、第一金属部材121、第二金属部材122及び第三金属部材123の手前側または奥側に図示しないタブ材を密接した状態で配置し、タブ材に回転ツールFを一旦挿入してから、挿入した状態のまま第一金属部材121、第二金属部材122及び第三金属部材123側へ相対移動させて第一突合せ部J21及び第二突合せ部J22を摩擦攪拌接合してもよい。回転ツールFを離脱させる場合も同様である。 In the inner corner friction stirring step shown in FIG. 29, a tab material (not shown) is arranged in close contact with the front side or the back side of the first metal member 121, the second metal member 122, and the third metal member 123. After inserting the rotary tool F into the material, the first inner corner S21 and the second inner corner are moved relative to the first metal member 121, the second metal member 122, and the third metal member 123 while being inserted. S22 may be friction stir welded. Similarly, in the butt portion friction stirring step shown in FIG. 34, a tab material (not shown) is placed in close contact with the front side or the back side of the first metal member 121, the second metal member 122, and the third metal member 123, Once the rotary tool F is inserted into the tab material, it is moved relative to the first metal member 121, the second metal member 122, and the third metal member 123 in the inserted state, and the first butted portion J21 and the second butted portion. Part J22 may be friction stir welded. The same applies when the rotary tool F is detached.
 また、第七実施形態の突合部摩擦攪拌工程を、第六実施形態で説明した回転ツールG(図26参照)を用いて行ってもよい。その場合、突合部摩擦攪拌工程では、ショルダ部G1の下端面を第一金属部材121及び第三金属部材123に数ミリ程度押し込んで摩擦攪拌を行う。攪拌ピンG2の挿入深さは、第一突合せ部J21および第二突合せ部J22が摩擦攪拌接合可能であれば特に制限されないが、攪拌ピンG2の先端が第二突合せ部J22に達するように設定することが好ましい。つまり、回転ツールGを第一金属部材121、第二金属部材122及び第三金属部材123に接触させて摩擦攪拌接合を行うことが好ましい。 Moreover, you may perform the butt | part friction friction stirring process of 7th embodiment using the rotation tool G (refer FIG. 26) demonstrated in 6th embodiment. In that case, in the butt portion friction stirring step, the lower end surface of the shoulder portion G1 is pushed into the first metal member 121 and the third metal member 123 by several millimeters to perform friction stirring. The insertion depth of the stirring pin G2 is not particularly limited as long as the first butting portion J21 and the second butting portion J22 can be friction stir welded, but is set so that the tip of the stirring pin G2 reaches the second butting portion J22. It is preferable. That is, it is preferable to perform friction stir welding by bringing the rotary tool G into contact with the first metal member 121, the second metal member 122, and the third metal member 123.
 以上説明した第七実施形態に係る接合方法によれば、第一内隅S21および第二内隅S22に補助部材111,112を配置し、補助部材111,112を介して第一内隅S21、第二内隅S22の摩擦攪拌接合を行う。これにより、補助部材111,112によって第一内隅S21、第二内隅S22の金属不足を解消できるので、接合不良を防ぐことができる。 According to the joining method according to the seventh embodiment described above, the auxiliary members 111 and 112 are arranged in the first inner corner S21 and the second inner corner S22, and the first inner corner S21, Friction stir welding of the second inner corner S22 is performed. Thereby, since the metal shortage of the first inner corner S21 and the second inner corner S22 can be solved by the auxiliary members 111 and 112, it is possible to prevent poor bonding.
 また、本実施形態に係る接合方法によれば、第一内隅S21、第二内隅S22に摩擦攪拌接合を行っているので、突合部摩擦攪拌工程時における第一金属部材121及び第二金属部材122同士、並びに第三金属部材123及び第二金属部材122同士の位置ずれや離間を防ぐことができる。これにより、第一金属部材121、第二金属部材122及び第三金属部材123の位置ずれや離間に伴う接合不良の発生を防ぐことができる。 Further, according to the joining method according to the present embodiment, since the friction stir welding is performed on the first inner corner S21 and the second inner corner S22, the first metal member 121 and the second metal in the butt portion friction stirring step Misalignment and separation of the members 122 and the third metal member 123 and the second metal member 122 can be prevented. Thereby, it is possible to prevent the occurrence of poor bonding due to the positional deviation or separation of the first metal member 121, the second metal member 122, and the third metal member 123.
 また、本実施形態の第一金属部材121には凹溝124を構成する凹部121fが形成されており、また、第三金属部材123には凹溝124を構成する凹部123fが形成されており、第一金属部材121の凹部121f及び第三金属部材123の凹部123fが形成されている部分の板厚は、他の部分の板厚よりも薄い。したがって、本実施形態の摩擦攪拌工程では、凹溝124が形成されない場合に比べて攪拌ピンF2を挿入する深さを浅くすることができるので、摩擦攪拌装置に大きな負荷がかからない状態で、第一突合せ部J21及び第二突合せ部J22の摩擦攪拌接合を行うことができる。 Further, the first metal member 121 of the present embodiment is formed with a recess 121f that constitutes the groove 124, and the third metal member 123 is formed with a recess 123f that constitutes the groove 124, The plate thickness of the portion where the recess 121f of the first metal member 121 and the recess 123f of the third metal member 123 are formed is thinner than the plate thickness of the other portions. Therefore, in the friction stir process of the present embodiment, the depth at which the stir pin F2 is inserted can be reduced as compared with the case where the concave groove 124 is not formed, so that a large load is not applied to the friction stirrer. Friction stir welding of the butt J21 and the second butt J22 can be performed.
 また、本実施形態の内隅摩擦攪拌工程では、補助部材111,112側にバリVが発生するように接合条件を設定するので、補助部材111,112にバリV21,V22を集約することができる。その為、バリV21,V22を補助部材111,112ごと容易に除去することができる。 Further, in the inner corner friction agitation process of the present embodiment, since the joining conditions are set so that burrs V are generated on the auxiliary members 111 and 112 side, the burrs V21 and V22 can be collected on the auxiliary members 111 and 112. . Therefore, the burrs V21 and V22 can be easily removed together with the auxiliary members 111 and 112.
 また、本実施形態の突合部摩擦攪拌工程では、回転ツールFを用いて、攪拌ピンF2のみを第一金属部材121、第二金属部材122及び第三金属部材123(又は第一金属部材121及び第三金属部材123のみ)に接触させた状態で摩擦攪拌接合を行っているので、摩擦攪拌装置に大きな負荷がかからない状態で、深い位置まで摩擦攪拌接合を行うことができる。したがって、回転ツールFは、第一金属部材121及び第三金属部材123の板厚が大きい場合に特に有利である。また、回転ツールFは、ショルダ部を押し込む場合と比べて塑性化領域Wの幅を小さくできるため、第二金属部材122の板厚が薄い場合にも有利である。 Further, in the abutting portion friction agitation process of the present embodiment, using the rotary tool F, only the agitation pin F2 is attached to the first metal member 121, the second metal member 122, and the third metal member 123 (or the first metal member 121 and Since the friction stir welding is performed in a state where it is in contact with only the third metal member 123), the friction stir welding can be performed to a deep position without applying a large load to the friction stirrer. Therefore, the rotary tool F is particularly advantageous when the plate thickness of the first metal member 121 and the third metal member 123 is large. Moreover, since the rotation tool F can make the width | variety of the plasticization area | region W small compared with the case where a shoulder part is pushed in, it is advantageous also when the plate | board thickness of the 2nd metal member 122 is thin.
 また、本実施形態の架台105,105は、第一内隅S21および第二内隅S22に対向する部位に面取り部105a,105aが形成されている。第一金属部材121、第二金属部材122及び第三金属部材123を架台105に配置するときに、塑性化領域W21,W22と架台105とが干渉して第一金属部材121、第二金属部材122及び第三金属部材123が架台105から浮き上がってしまうおそれがあるが、本実施形態によれば、塑性化領域W21,W22と架台105とが干渉するのを防ぐことができる。 In addition, the pedestals 105 and 105 of the present embodiment have chamfered portions 105a and 105a formed at portions facing the first inner corner S21 and the second inner corner S22. When the first metal member 121, the second metal member 122, and the third metal member 123 are disposed on the gantry 105, the plasticized regions W21 and W22 interfere with the gantry 105, and the first metal member 121 and the second metal member. Although 122 and the third metal member 123 may be lifted from the gantry 105, according to the present embodiment, it is possible to prevent the plasticized regions W21 and W22 and the gantry 105 from interfering with each other.
[第八実施形態]
 本発明の第八実施形態に係る接合方法について図面を参照して詳細に説明する。図36に示すように、本実施形態に係る接合方法では、第一金属部材201と第二金属部材202とを正面視T字状に突合せて摩擦攪拌により接合する。本実施形態に係る接合方法では、突合せ工程と、配置工程と、摩擦攪拌工程と、除去工程とを行う。
[Eighth embodiment]
The joining method according to the eighth embodiment of the present invention will be described in detail with reference to the drawings. As shown in FIG. 36, in the joining method according to the present embodiment, the first metal member 201 and the second metal member 202 are butted in a T shape in front view and joined by friction stirring. In the joining method according to the present embodiment, a butt process, an arrangement process, a friction stirring process, and a removal process are performed.
 第一金属部材201及び第二金属部材202は、いずれも板状を呈する。第一金属部材201及び第二金属部材202は、アルミニウム、アルミニウム合金、銅、銅合金、チタン、チタン合金、マグネシウム、マグネシウム合金等の摩擦攪拌可能な金属から適宜選択される。第一金属部材201及び第二金属部材202の板厚寸法は適宜設定すればよい。第二金属部材202の裏面202cには、第一金属部材201側に開口する凹溝202dが形成されている。凹溝202dは、第一金属部材201の形状に対応する断面矩形状を呈する。凹溝202dの溝幅は、本実施形態では第一金属部材201の板厚と同等に形成されている。凹溝202dは、第一金属部材201の一端縁を嵌合可能に形成されている。 Both the first metal member 201 and the second metal member 202 have a plate shape. The first metal member 201 and the second metal member 202 are appropriately selected from metals capable of friction stirring such as aluminum, aluminum alloy, copper, copper alloy, titanium, titanium alloy, magnesium, and magnesium alloy. The plate thickness dimensions of the first metal member 201 and the second metal member 202 may be set as appropriate. On the back surface 202c of the second metal member 202, a concave groove 202d that opens to the first metal member 201 side is formed. The recessed groove 202d has a rectangular cross section corresponding to the shape of the first metal member 201. The groove width of the recessed groove 202d is formed to be equal to the plate thickness of the first metal member 201 in this embodiment. The recessed groove 202d is formed so that one end edge of the first metal member 201 can be fitted.
 突合せ工程は、図36に示すように、第二金属部材202の凹溝202dに第一金属部材201の端面201aを挿入して当該端面201aを凹溝202dの底面202eに突き合わせて突合せ部J41を形成する工程である。本実施形態に係る突合せ工程では、凹溝202dの溝幅が第一金属部材201の板厚と同等に形成されているため、第一金属部材201の板厚方向の側面201b,201cと凹溝202dの溝幅方向の側面202f,202gとがそれぞれ当接し、第一金属部材201の一端縁が凹溝202dに嵌合する。 36, as shown in FIG. 36, the end surface 201a of the first metal member 201 is inserted into the concave groove 202d of the second metal member 202, the end surface 201a is butted against the bottom surface 202e of the concave groove 202d, and the butted portion J41 is formed. It is a process of forming. In the butting process according to the present embodiment, the groove width of the concave groove 202d is formed to be equal to the plate thickness of the first metal member 201, so that the side surfaces 201b and 201c in the plate thickness direction of the first metal member 201 and the concave groove The side surfaces 202f and 202g in the groove width direction of 202d are in contact with each other, and one end edge of the first metal member 201 is fitted into the concave groove 202d.
 配置工程は、図36に示すように、補助部材210を配置する工程である。補助部材210は、板状の金属部材である。補助部材210の板厚は、後記する摩擦攪拌工程の際に形成される接合部(塑性化領域W41)に金属不足が発生しない程度の厚さに設定する。補助部材210は、本実施形態では、第一金属部材201及び第二金属部材202と同じ材料で形成されている。配置工程では、第二金属部材202の表面202bにおいて、第一金属部材201及び凹溝202dと対応する位置に補助部材210を配置する。第二金属部材202の表面202bと補助部材210の裏面210bとは面接触する。本実施形態に係る配置工程では、補助部材210の中央部と第一金属部材201の板厚方向の中心とが概ね重なる位置に配置する。 The placement step is a step of placing the auxiliary member 210 as shown in FIG. The auxiliary member 210 is a plate-shaped metal member. The plate thickness of the auxiliary member 210 is set to such a thickness that metal shortage does not occur in the joint portion (plasticization region W41) formed in the friction stirring step described later. In the present embodiment, the auxiliary member 210 is formed of the same material as the first metal member 201 and the second metal member 202. In the arranging step, the auxiliary member 210 is arranged at a position corresponding to the first metal member 201 and the concave groove 202d on the surface 202b of the second metal member 202. The front surface 202b of the second metal member 202 and the back surface 210b of the auxiliary member 210 are in surface contact. In the arrangement process according to the present embodiment, the central portion of the auxiliary member 210 and the center of the first metal member 201 in the plate thickness direction are arranged at substantially overlapping positions.
 摩擦攪拌工程は、図37に示すように、補助部材210の表面210a側から回転する回転ツールFを挿入し、突合せ部J41を摩擦攪拌接合する工程である。本実施形態では、回転ツールFを右回転させるため、螺旋溝は、基端から先端に向かうにつれて左回りに形成されている。 37, the friction stirring step is a step of inserting the rotating tool F rotating from the surface 210a side of the auxiliary member 210 and friction-stir-joining the butt J41. In the present embodiment, in order to rotate the rotary tool F to the right, the spiral groove is formed in a counterclockwise direction from the proximal end toward the distal end.
 これにより、被接合金属部材(第一金属部材201、第二金属部材202及び補助部材210)の外部に溢れ出る金属の量を少なくすることができる。 Thereby, it is possible to reduce the amount of metal overflowing to the outside of the metal members to be joined (the first metal member 201, the second metal member 202, and the auxiliary member 210).
 摩擦攪拌工程では、補助部材210の表面210aから右回転させた攪拌ピンF2を挿入する。摩擦攪拌工程では、攪拌ピンF2と第一金属部材201、第二金属部材202及び補助部材210を接触させた状態で、図37の手前側から奥側に向けて突合せ部J41に沿って回転ツールFを相対移動させる。また、摩擦攪拌工程では、攪拌ピンF2の基端側は露出させた状態で摩擦攪拌を行う。回転ツールFの回転中心軸Cは、第一金属部材201の板厚方向の中心と凹溝202dの溝幅方向の中心とを通る位置に設定している。回転ツールFの移動軌跡には、塑性化領域W41が形成される。攪拌ピンF2の挿入深さは適宜設定すればよいが、本実施形態では、攪拌ピンF2が第一金属部材201と接触するように設定している。 In the friction stirring process, the stirring pin F2 rotated right from the surface 210a of the auxiliary member 210 is inserted. In the friction stirring step, the rotating tool along the abutting portion J41 from the near side to the far side in FIG. 37 with the stirring pin F2, the first metal member 201, the second metal member 202, and the auxiliary member 210 in contact with each other. Move F relatively. In the friction stirring step, friction stirring is performed with the base end side of the stirring pin F2 exposed. The rotation center axis C of the rotary tool F is set to a position passing through the center of the first metal member 201 in the plate thickness direction and the center of the groove 202d in the groove width direction. A plasticizing region W41 is formed in the movement locus of the rotary tool F. The insertion depth of the stirring pin F <b> 2 may be set as appropriate, but in the present embodiment, the stirring pin F <b> 2 is set so as to contact the first metal member 201.
 なお、摩擦攪拌工程では、攪拌ピンF2のみを第二金属部材202及び補助部材210のみに接触させて摩擦攪拌接合を行ってもよい。この場合は、第二金属部材202と攪拌ピンF2との摩擦熱によって突合せ部J41が塑性流動化して接合される。補助部材210の表面210aにはバリV41が形成される。 In the friction stirring step, only the stirring pin F2 may be brought into contact with the second metal member 202 and the auxiliary member 210 to perform the friction stir welding. In this case, the butt portion J41 is plastically fluidized and joined by frictional heat between the second metal member 202 and the stirring pin F2. A burr V41 is formed on the surface 210a of the auxiliary member 210.
 除去工程は、図38に示すように、第二金属部材202から補助部材210を除去する工程である。除去工程では、補助部材210の両端をめくり上げつつ、凹溝Dを境に折り曲げるようにして切除する。凹溝Dは、塑性化領域W41のうち深くえぐれている部位である。除去工程は、切削工具等を用いてよいが、本実施形態では手作業で除去している。以上の工程により、第一金属部材201と第二金属部材202とが正面視T字状に接合される。 The removal step is a step of removing the auxiliary member 210 from the second metal member 202 as shown in FIG. In the removing step, the auxiliary member 210 is cut off while turning up both ends of the auxiliary member 210 so as to bend at the groove D. The concave groove D is a portion that is deeply grooved in the plasticized region W41. In the removal process, a cutting tool or the like may be used, but in this embodiment, the removal process is performed manually. Through the above steps, the first metal member 201 and the second metal member 202 are joined in a T-shape when viewed from the front.
 以上説明した本実施形態に係る接合方法によれば、攪拌ピンF2のみを、第一金属部材201、第二金属部材202及び補助部材210、又は、第二金属部材202及び補助部材210に接触させた状態で摩擦攪拌接合を行うため、従来技術に比べて摩擦攪拌装置にかかる負荷を軽減することができる。これにより、第二金属部材202の板厚が大きい場合であっても、摩擦攪拌装置に大きな負荷がかからない状態で深い位置にある突合せ部J41を接合することができる。 According to the joining method according to the present embodiment described above, only the stirring pin F2 is brought into contact with the first metal member 201, the second metal member 202 and the auxiliary member 210, or the second metal member 202 and the auxiliary member 210. Since the friction stir welding is performed in the above state, the load on the friction stirrer can be reduced as compared with the prior art. Thereby, even if the plate | board thickness of the 2nd metal member 202 is large, the butt | matching part J41 in a deep position can be joined in the state which does not apply a big load to a friction stirring apparatus.
 また、攪拌ピンF2のみを挿入するため、塑性化領域W41の幅を小さくすることができる。これにより、第一金属部材201の板厚も小さくすることができるため、第一金属部材201の設計の自由度を高めることができる。また、第一金属部材201及び第二金属部材202に加えて、補助部材210も摩擦攪拌接合することにより、図39に示すように接合部(塑性化領域W41)の金属不足を防ぐことができる。 Moreover, since only the stirring pin F2 is inserted, the width of the plasticizing region W41 can be reduced. Thereby, since the plate | board thickness of the 1st metal member 201 can also be made small, the freedom degree of design of the 1st metal member 201 can be raised. Further, in addition to the first metal member 201 and the second metal member 202, the auxiliary member 210 is also friction stir welded to prevent metal shortage at the joint (plasticized region W41) as shown in FIG. .
 さらに、第二金属部材202の凹溝202dに第一金属部材201の端面201aを挿入して当該端面201aを凹溝202dの底面202eに突き合わせるため、突合せ工程時に第一金属部材201と第二金属部材202との位置ずれを防ぐことができる。 Further, the end surface 201a of the first metal member 201 is inserted into the concave groove 202d of the second metal member 202 and the end surface 201a is abutted against the bottom surface 202e of the concave groove 202d. A positional deviation from the metal member 202 can be prevented.
 また、除去工程によれば、補助部材210ごとバリV41を除去することができるため、別途バリを除去する作業を行わなくても第二金属部材202の表面202bをきれいに仕上げることができる。また、本実施形態の摩擦攪拌工程では、補助部材210の表面210aの中央部から回転ツールFを挿入するため、回転ツールFの挿入作業を容易に行うことができる。 Further, according to the removing step, since the burr V41 can be removed together with the auxiliary member 210, the surface 202b of the second metal member 202 can be finished finely without performing a separate burr removing operation. Moreover, in the friction stirring process of this embodiment, since the rotation tool F is inserted from the center part of the surface 210a of the auxiliary member 210, the insertion work of the rotation tool F can be performed easily.
[第九実施形態]
 次に、本発明の第九実施形態に係る接合方法について説明する。本実施形態に係る接合方法では、突合せ工程と、配置工程と、摩擦攪拌工程と、除去工程とを行う。本実施形態に係る接合方法は、補助部材210の配置位置が第八実施形態と相違する。本実施形態に係る接合方法では、第八実施形態と相違する部分を中心に説明する。
[Ninth embodiment]
Next, the joining method according to the ninth embodiment of the present invention will be described. In the joining method according to the present embodiment, a butt process, an arrangement process, a friction stirring process, and a removal process are performed. In the joining method according to the present embodiment, the arrangement position of the auxiliary member 210 is different from that of the eighth embodiment. In the joining method according to the present embodiment, a description will be given focusing on portions that are different from the eighth embodiment.
 突合せ工程では、図40に示すように、第八実施形態と同様に第二金属部材202の凹溝202dに第一金属部材201の端面201aを挿入して当該端面201aを凹溝202dの底面202eに突き合わせて突合せ部J41を形成する。 In the butting step, as shown in FIG. 40, as in the eighth embodiment, the end surface 201a of the first metal member 201 is inserted into the concave groove 202d of the second metal member 202, and the end surface 201a is used as the bottom surface 202e of the concave groove 202d. Butt portion J41 is formed.
 ここで、図40に示すように、摩擦攪拌工程の際に、回転ツールFの回転中心軸C(図41参照)が通る予定位置を「接合基準線X」と設定する。接合基準線Xは、本実施形態では第一金属部材201の板厚方向の中心と凹溝202dの溝幅方向の中心と重なるように設定している。配置工程では、補助部材210を接合基準線Xに対して一方側のみの第二金属部材202の表面202bに配置しつつ、補助部材210の側面210cが、接合基準線Xと重なる位置に補助部材210を配置する。なお、接合基準線Xは、後記する摩擦攪拌工程の際に、第一金属部材201の側面201b,201cと第二金属部材202の裏面202cとの各内隅から塑性流動材が流出しない位置で適宜設定すればよい。 Here, as shown in FIG. 40, a planned position through which the rotation center axis C (see FIG. 41) of the rotary tool F passes is set as a “joining reference line X” during the friction stirring step. In this embodiment, the joining reference line X is set so as to overlap the center in the plate thickness direction of the first metal member 201 and the center in the groove width direction of the concave groove 202d. In the arranging step, the auxiliary member 210 is arranged on the surface 202b of the second metal member 202 only on one side with respect to the joining reference line X, and the auxiliary member 210 is placed at a position where the side surface 210c of the auxiliary member 210 overlaps the joining reference line X. 210 is arranged. In addition, the joining reference line X is a position where the plastic fluid material does not flow out from the inner corners of the side surfaces 201b and 201c of the first metal member 201 and the back surface 202c of the second metal member 202 in the friction stirring step described later. What is necessary is just to set suitably.
 摩擦攪拌工程は、図41に示すように、右回転させた回転ツールFの回転中心軸Cを接合基準線Xと重なる位置に挿入し、図41の手前側から奥側に向けて回転ツールFを相対移動させて突合せ部J41を摩擦攪拌接合する工程である。摩擦攪拌工程では、第八実施形態と同様に、回転ツールFの攪拌ピンF2のみを第一金属部材201、第二金属部材202及び補助部材210に接触させるか、又は、第二金属部材202及び補助部材210に接触させた状態で摩擦攪拌接合を行う。 As shown in FIG. 41, the friction stirrer step inserts the rotation center axis C of the rotating tool F rotated to the right in a position overlapping the joining reference line X, and rotates the rotating tool F from the near side to the far side in FIG. Is a step of friction stir welding the butt portion J41 by relatively moving. In the friction stirring step, as in the eighth embodiment, only the stirring pin F2 of the rotary tool F is brought into contact with the first metal member 201, the second metal member 202, and the auxiliary member 210, or the second metal member 202 and Friction stir welding is performed in a state where the auxiliary member 210 is in contact with the auxiliary member 210.
 本実施形態では、回転ツールFのシアー側(advancing side:回転ツールの外周における接線速度に回転ツールの移動速度が加算される側)が第二金属部材202のうち補助部材210が配置されていない側となるように回転ツールFの移動方向と回転方向を設定している。回転ツールFの回転方向及び進行方向は前記したものに限定されるものではなく適宜設定すればよい。 In the present embodiment, the auxiliary member 210 of the second metal member 202 is not arranged on the shear side of the rotary tool F (advancing side: the side on which the moving speed of the rotary tool is added to the tangential speed on the outer periphery of the rotary tool). The moving direction and rotating direction of the rotary tool F are set so as to be on the side. The rotation direction and the traveling direction of the rotary tool F are not limited to those described above, and may be set as appropriate.
 本実施形態では、回転ツールFの回転速度を速く設定しているため、図42にも示すように、塑性化領域W41外のフロー側にバリV41が多く発生する傾向にある。また、回転ツールFの回転速度を速く設定することにより、回転ツールFの移動速度(送り速度)を高めることができる。これにより、接合サイクルを短くすることができる。 In this embodiment, since the rotational speed of the rotary tool F is set high, as shown in FIG. 42, there is a tendency that many burrs V41 are generated on the flow side outside the plasticized region W41. Further, by setting the rotation speed of the rotary tool F faster, the moving speed (feed speed) of the rotary tool F can be increased. Thereby, a joining cycle can be shortened.
 摩擦攪拌工程の際に、回転ツールFの進行方向のどちら側にバリV41が発生するかは接合条件によって異なる。当該接合条件とは、回転ツールFの回転速度、回転方向、進行方向、移動速度(送り速度)、攪拌ピンF2の傾斜角度(テーパー角度)、被接合金属部材(第一金属部材201、第二金属部材202及び補助部材210)の材質、被接合金属部材の厚さ等の各要素とこれらの要素の組合せで決定される。接合条件に応じて、バリV41が発生する側又はバリV41が多く発生する側が補助部材210側となるように設定すれば、後記する除去工程を容易に行うことができるため好ましい。 During the friction stirring process, on which side of the traveling direction of the rotary tool F the burr V41 is generated depends on the joining conditions. The joining conditions include the rotational speed of the rotary tool F, the rotational direction, the traveling direction, the moving speed (feeding speed), the inclination angle (taper angle) of the stirring pin F2, the metal member to be joined (the first metal member 201, the second It is determined by each element such as the material of the metal member 202 and the auxiliary member 210), the thickness of the metal member to be joined, and the combination of these elements. It is preferable to set the side where the burrs V41 are generated or the side where a large amount of burrs V41 are generated to be the auxiliary member 210 side according to the joining conditions because the removal process described later can be easily performed.
 除去工程は、第二金属部材202から補助部材210を除去する工程である。除去工程では、第八実施形態と同様に、補助部材210を折り曲げるようにして除去する。以上の工程により、第一金属部材201と第二金属部材202とが接合される。 The removal step is a step of removing the auxiliary member 210 from the second metal member 202. In the removal step, the auxiliary member 210 is bent and removed as in the eighth embodiment. Through the above steps, the first metal member 201 and the second metal member 202 are joined.
 以上説明した第九実施形態に係る接合方法によっても第八実施形態と略同等の効果を奏することができる。また、第九実施形態に係る配置工程では補助部材210を接合基準線Xに対して一方側に配置し、摩擦攪拌工程では補助部材210側にバリVが発生するように接合条件を設定した。これにより、接合基準線Xに対して一方側に配置された補助部材210にバリV41を集約することができる。これにより、バリV41を補助部材210ごと除去できるため、バリV41を容易に除去することができる。 Also by the joining method according to the ninth embodiment described above, substantially the same effect as that of the eighth embodiment can be achieved. In addition, in the arrangement process according to the ninth embodiment, the auxiliary member 210 is arranged on one side with respect to the joining reference line X, and in the friction stirring process, the joining condition is set so that the burr V is generated on the auxiliary member 210 side. Thereby, the burr | flash V41 can be collected on the auxiliary member 210 arrange | positioned with respect to the joining reference line X at one side. Accordingly, since the burr V41 can be removed together with the auxiliary member 210, the burr V41 can be easily removed.
[第十実施形態]
 次に、本発明の第十実施形態に係る接合方法について説明する。第十実施形態に係る接合方法では、突合せ工程と、配置工程と、摩擦攪拌工程と、除去工程とを行う。第十実施形態に係る接合方法では、第八実施形態と相違する部分を中心に説明する。
[Tenth embodiment]
Next, the joining method according to the tenth embodiment of the present invention will be described. In the joining method according to the tenth embodiment, a butting process, an arranging process, a friction stirring process, and a removing process are performed. The joining method according to the tenth embodiment will be described with a focus on the differences from the eighth embodiment.
 突合せ工程では、図43に示すように、第八実施形態と同様に第二金属部材202の凹溝202dに第一金属部材201の端面201aを挿入して当該端面201aを凹溝202dの底面202eに突き合わせて突合せ部J41を形成する。本実施形態でも、接合基準線Xは第一金属部材201の板厚方向の中心と凹溝202dの溝幅方向の中心と重なる位置に設定している。配置工程では、補助部材210を接合基準線Xに対して他方側の第二金属部材202の表面202bに配置しつつ、補助部材210の側面210cが接合基準線Xに対して一方側にわずかに突出するように補助部材210を配置する。補助部材210の厚さ及び接合基準線Xから側面210cまでの距離は、後記する摩擦攪拌工程において、接合部(塑性化領域W41)に金属不足が発生せず、かつ、摩擦攪拌工程後に一方側に補助部材210が残存しないように適宜設定する。 In the butting step, as shown in FIG. 43, as in the eighth embodiment, the end surface 201a of the first metal member 201 is inserted into the concave groove 202d of the second metal member 202, and the end surface 201a is inserted into the bottom surface 202e of the concave groove 202d. Butt portion J41 is formed. Also in the present embodiment, the joining reference line X is set at a position that overlaps the center of the first metal member 201 in the plate thickness direction and the center of the groove 202d in the groove width direction. In the arranging step, the auxiliary member 210 is arranged on the surface 202b of the second metal member 202 on the other side with respect to the joining reference line X, and the side surface 210c of the auxiliary member 210 is slightly on one side with respect to the joining reference line X. The auxiliary member 210 is disposed so as to protrude. The thickness of the auxiliary member 210 and the distance from the joining reference line X to the side surface 210c are such that a metal shortage does not occur in the joining portion (plasticization region W41) in the friction stirring process described later, and one side after the friction stirring process. The auxiliary member 210 is appropriately set so as not to remain.
 摩擦攪拌工程では、図44に示すように、左回転させた回転ツールFの回転中心軸Cを接合基準線Xと重なる位置に挿入し、図44の手前側から奥側に向けて回転ツールFを相対移動させて突合せ部J41を摩擦攪拌接合する工程である。摩擦攪拌工程では、第八実施形態と同様に、回転ツールFの攪拌ピンF2のみを第一金属部材201、第二金属部材202及び補助部材210に接触させるか、又は、第二金属部材202及び補助部材210に接触させた状態で摩擦攪拌接合を行う。 In the friction stirring step, as shown in FIG. 44, the rotation center axis C of the rotating tool F rotated counterclockwise is inserted at a position overlapping the joining reference line X, and the rotating tool F is moved from the near side to the far side in FIG. Is a step of friction stir welding the butt portion J41 by relatively moving. In the friction stirring step, as in the eighth embodiment, only the stirring pin F2 of the rotary tool F is brought into contact with the first metal member 201, the second metal member 202, and the auxiliary member 210, or the second metal member 202 and Friction stir welding is performed in a state where the auxiliary member 210 is in contact with the auxiliary member 210.
 本実施形態では、回転ツールFを高速で左回転させているため、補助部材210のフロー側にバリV41が形成される傾向にある。 In this embodiment, since the rotary tool F is rotated counterclockwise at high speed, the burr V41 tends to be formed on the flow side of the auxiliary member 210.
 除去工程では、図45に示すように、第二金属部材202から補助部材210を除去する工程である。除去工程では、補助部材210を折り曲げて第二金属部材202から補助部材210を除去する。 The removal step is a step of removing the auxiliary member 210 from the second metal member 202 as shown in FIG. In the removing step, the auxiliary member 210 is bent to remove the auxiliary member 210 from the second metal member 202.
 以上説明した第十実施形態に係る接合法によれば、第八実施形態と略同等の効果を奏することができる。また、本実施形態によれば、配置工程において、接合基準線Xに対して他方側に補助部材210を配置しつつ、一方側に補助部材210の側面210cをわずかに突出させる。また、摩擦攪拌工程では、突合せ部J41を摩擦攪拌接合しつつ、第二金属部材202の表面2bの一方側に補助部材210及びバリV41が残存せず、補助部材210側にバリV41が発生するように接合条件を設定する。これにより、接合部(塑性化領域W41)の金属不足をバランスよく防ぐことができるとともに、他方側に配置された補助部材210にバリV41を集約することができる。これにより、バリV41を補助部材210ごと除去できるため、バリV41を容易に除去することができる。 According to the joining method according to the tenth embodiment described above, it is possible to achieve substantially the same effect as that of the eighth embodiment. Further, according to the present embodiment, in the arranging step, the auxiliary member 210 is arranged on the other side with respect to the joining reference line X, and the side surface 210c of the auxiliary member 210 is slightly protruded on the one side. In the friction stir process, the auxiliary member 210 and the burr V41 do not remain on one side of the surface 2b of the second metal member 202 and the burr V41 is generated on the auxiliary member 210 side while the butt joint J41 is friction stir welded. The joining conditions are set as follows. Thereby, the metal shortage of the joining portion (plasticization region W41) can be prevented in a well-balanced manner, and the burrs V41 can be concentrated on the auxiliary member 210 disposed on the other side. Accordingly, since the burr V41 can be removed together with the auxiliary member 210, the burr V41 can be easily removed.
[第十一実施形態]
 次に、本発明の第十一実施形態に係る接合方法について説明する。本実施形態に係る接合方法では、突合せ工程と、配置工程と、摩擦攪拌工程と、除去工程とを行う。本実施形態に係る接合方法は、第二金属部材203及び第三金属部材204によって凹溝205を形成する点が第八実施形態と相違する。第十一実施形態に係る接合方法では、第八実施形態と相違する部分を中心に説明する。
[Eleventh embodiment]
Next, a joining method according to the eleventh embodiment of the present invention will be described. In the joining method according to the present embodiment, a butt process, an arrangement process, a friction stirring process, and a removal process are performed. The joining method according to the present embodiment is different from the eighth embodiment in that the concave groove 205 is formed by the second metal member 203 and the third metal member 204. The joining method according to the eleventh embodiment will be described with a focus on differences from the eighth embodiment.
 図46に示すように、第一金属部材201、第二金属部材203及び第三金属部材204は、いずれも板状を呈する。第一金属部材201、第二金属部材203及び第三金属部材204は、アルミニウム、アルミニウム合金、銅、銅合金、チタン、チタン合金、マグネシウム、マグネシウム合金等の摩擦攪拌可能な金属から適宜選択される。第一金属部材201、第二金属部材203及び第三金属部材204の板厚寸法は適宜設定すればよい。 As shown in FIG. 46, the first metal member 201, the second metal member 203, and the third metal member 204 all have a plate shape. The first metal member 201, the second metal member 203, and the third metal member 204 are appropriately selected from metals capable of friction stirring such as aluminum, aluminum alloy, copper, copper alloy, titanium, titanium alloy, magnesium, and magnesium alloy. . The plate thickness dimensions of the first metal member 201, the second metal member 203, and the third metal member 204 may be set as appropriate.
 第二金属部材203は、第三金属部材204に対面する端面203cと、端面203cに対して連続するとともに直交する方向に延在する表面203aと、端面203cに対して直交する方向に延在する裏面203bと、裏面203bと端面203cとで構成された角部を切り欠いて形成された第一切欠部203dと、を有している。第一切欠部203dは、第一金属部材201側及び第三金属部材204側に開口している。第一切欠部203dは、第一切欠底面203eと第一切欠側面203fとを有している。第一切欠底面203eは、端面203cに対して連続するとともに直交する方向に延在している。第一切欠側面203fは、第一切欠底面203eと裏面203bとの間に形成されるとともに、第一切欠底面203e及び裏面203bに対して直交する方向に延在している。 The second metal member 203 has an end surface 203c facing the third metal member 204, a surface 203a continuous with the end surface 203c and extending in a direction orthogonal to the end surface 203c, and extending in a direction orthogonal to the end surface 203c. It has a back surface 203b, and a first notch 203d formed by cutting out a corner formed by the back surface 203b and the end surface 203c. All the notches 203d are open to the first metal member 201 side and the third metal member 204 side. The first notch 203d has a first notch bottom surface 203e and a first notch side surface 203f. The first bottom surface 203e is continuous with the end surface 203c and extends in a direction orthogonal thereto. The first notch side surface 203f is formed between the first notch bottom surface 203e and the back surface 203b, and extends in a direction orthogonal to the first notch bottom surface 203e and the back surface 203b.
 第三金属部材204は、端面203cに対面する端面204cと、端面204cに対して連続するとともに直交する方向に延在する表面204aと、端面204cに対して直交する方向に延在する裏面204bと、裏面204bと端面204cとで構成された角部を切り欠いて形成された第二切欠部204dと、を有している。第二切欠部204dは、第一金属部材201側及び第二金属部材203側に開口している。第二切欠部204dは、第二切欠底面204eと第二切欠側面204fとを有している。第二切欠底面204eは、端面204cに対して連続するとともに直交する方向に延在している。第二切欠側面204fは、第二切欠底面204eと裏面204bとの間に形成されるとともに、第二切欠底面204e及び裏面204bに対して直交する方向に延在している。第一切欠部203dと第二切欠部204dとは、接合基準線X(本実施形態では第一突合せ部J42の延長線)に対して線対称に形成されている。 The third metal member 204 includes an end surface 204c facing the end surface 203c, a surface 204a that is continuous with the end surface 204c and extends in a direction orthogonal to the end surface 204c, and a back surface 204b that extends in a direction orthogonal to the end surface 204c. And a second cutout portion 204d formed by cutting out a corner portion constituted by the back surface 204b and the end surface 204c. The second notch 204d is open to the first metal member 201 side and the second metal member 203 side. The second cutout portion 204d has a second cutout bottom surface 204e and a second cutout side surface 204f. The second notch bottom surface 204e is continuous with the end surface 204c and extends in a direction orthogonal thereto. The second notch side surface 204f is formed between the second notch bottom surface 204e and the back surface 204b, and extends in a direction orthogonal to the second notch bottom surface 204e and the back surface 204b. All the notch parts 203d and the second notch part 204d are formed symmetrically with respect to the joining reference line X (in this embodiment, an extension line of the first abutting part J42).
 第一切欠部203dと第二切欠部204dは、端面203cと端面204cとが突き合わされた状態において、単一の凹溝205を構成する。第一切欠底面203eと第二切欠底面204eは、凹溝205の底面205aを構成する。第一切欠側面203fは、凹溝205の一方の側面205bを構成し、第二切欠側面204fは、凹溝205の他方の側面205cを構成する。凹溝205は、第一金属部材201側に開口する。凹溝205は、第一金属部材201の形状に対応する断面矩形状を呈する。凹溝205の溝幅は、本実施形態では第一金属部材201の板厚と同等に形成されている。凹溝205は、第一金属部材201の一端縁を嵌合可能に形成されている。 The first notch 203d and the second notch 204d constitute a single groove 205 in a state where the end face 203c and the end face 204c are abutted. The first notch bottom surface 203e and the second notch bottom surface 204e constitute the bottom surface 205a of the groove 205. The first notch side surface 203f constitutes one side surface 205b of the concave groove 205, and the second notch side surface 204f constitutes the other side surface 205c of the concave groove 205. The recessed groove 205 opens to the first metal member 201 side. The concave groove 205 has a rectangular cross section corresponding to the shape of the first metal member 201. The groove width of the concave groove 205 is formed to be equal to the plate thickness of the first metal member 201 in this embodiment. The concave groove 205 is formed so that one end edge of the first metal member 201 can be fitted.
 突合せ工程では、まず第二金属部材203の端面203cと第三金属部材204の端面204cとを突き合わせて第一突合せ部J42を形成する。このように突き合わせると、第一切欠部203d及び第二切欠部204dによって第二金属部材203と第三金属部材204とに跨る単一かつ断面矩形の凹溝205が形成される。次に、第二金属部材203及び第三金属部材204の凹溝205に第一金属部材201の端面201aを挿入して当該端面201aを凹溝205の底面205aに突き合わせて第二突合せ部J43(図47参照)を形成する。本実施形態に係る突合せ工程では、凹溝205の溝幅が第一金属部材201の板厚と同等に形成されているため、第一金属部材201の板厚方向の側面201b,201cと凹溝205の溝幅方向の側面205b,205cとがそれぞれ当接し、第一金属部材201の一端縁が凹溝205に嵌合する。 In the butting step, first, the end surface 203c of the second metal member 203 and the end surface 204c of the third metal member 204 are butted to form the first butting portion J42. When abutting in this manner, a single and rectangular recess groove 205 straddling the second metal member 203 and the third metal member 204 is formed by the first notch 203d and the second notch 204d. Next, the end surface 201a of the first metal member 201 is inserted into the concave groove 205 of the second metal member 203 and the third metal member 204, the end surface 201a is butted against the bottom surface 205a of the concave groove 205, and the second butted portion J43 ( 47). In the butting process according to the present embodiment, since the groove width of the groove 205 is formed to be equal to the plate thickness of the first metal member 201, the side surfaces 201b and 201c in the plate thickness direction of the first metal member 201 and the groove The side surfaces 205b and 205c in the groove width direction of 205 are in contact with each other, and one end edge of the first metal member 201 is fitted into the groove 205.
 配置工程では、第二金属部材203の表面203aと第三金属部材204の表面204aとに跨るように補助部材210を配置する。補助部材210は、本実施形態では、第一金属部材201、第二金属部材203及び第三金属部材204と同じ材料で形成されている。また、配置工程では、第二金属部材203の表面203a及び第三金属部材204の表面204aにおいて、第一金属部材201及び凹溝205と対応する位置に補助部材10を配置する。本実施形態に係る配置工程では、補助部材210の中央部と第一金属部材201の板厚方向の中心と第一突合せ部J42とが概ね重なる位置に配置する。 In the arranging step, the auxiliary member 210 is arranged so as to straddle the surface 203a of the second metal member 203 and the surface 204a of the third metal member 204. In this embodiment, the auxiliary member 210 is made of the same material as the first metal member 201, the second metal member 203, and the third metal member 204. Further, in the arranging step, the auxiliary member 10 is arranged at a position corresponding to the first metal member 201 and the groove 205 on the surface 203a of the second metal member 203 and the surface 204a of the third metal member 204. In the arrangement process according to the present embodiment, the central portion of the auxiliary member 210, the center of the first metal member 201 in the plate thickness direction, and the first butted portion J42 are arranged at substantially overlapping positions.
 摩擦攪拌工程は、図47に示すように、補助部材210の表面210a側から回転する回転ツールFを挿入し、第一突合せ部J42及び第二突合せ部J43を摩擦攪拌接合する工程である。 47, the friction stirring step is a step of inserting the rotating tool F rotating from the surface 210a side of the auxiliary member 210 and friction stir welding the first butting portion J42 and the second butting portion J43.
 摩擦攪拌工程では、補助部材210の表面210aから右回転させた攪拌ピンF2を挿入する。摩擦攪拌工程では、攪拌ピンF2と第一金属部材201、第二金属部材203、第三金属部材204及び補助部材210を接触させた状態で、図47の手前側から奥側に向けて第一突合せ部J42及び第二突合せ部J43に沿って回転ツールFを相対移動させる。また、摩擦攪拌工程では、攪拌ピンF2の基端側は露出させた状態で摩擦攪拌を行う。回転ツールFの回転中心軸Cは、第一金属部材201の板厚方向の中心と凹溝205の溝幅方向の中心と第一突合せ部J42とを通る位置に設定している。回転ツールFの移動軌跡には、塑性化領域W43が形成される。攪拌ピンF2の挿入深さは適宜設定すればよいが、本実施形態では、攪拌ピンF2が第一金属部材201と接触するように設定している。 In the friction stirring process, the stirring pin F2 rotated right from the surface 210a of the auxiliary member 210 is inserted. In the friction stirring step, the first pin from the near side to the far side in FIG. 47 in the state where the stirring pin F2 and the first metal member 201, the second metal member 203, the third metal member 204, and the auxiliary member 210 are in contact with each other. The rotary tool F is relatively moved along the butting portion J42 and the second butting portion J43. In the friction stirring step, friction stirring is performed with the base end side of the stirring pin F2 exposed. The rotation center axis C of the rotary tool F is set to a position passing through the center of the first metal member 201 in the plate thickness direction, the center of the groove 205 in the groove width direction, and the first abutting portion J42. A plasticizing region W43 is formed in the movement locus of the rotary tool F. The insertion depth of the stirring pin F <b> 2 may be set as appropriate, but in the present embodiment, the stirring pin F <b> 2 is set so as to contact the first metal member 201.
 なお、摩擦攪拌工程では、攪拌ピンF2のみを第二金属部材203、第三金属部材204及び補助部材210のみに接触させて摩擦攪拌接合を行ってもよい。この場合は、第二金属部材203と第三金属部材204と攪拌ピンF2との摩擦熱によって第二突合せ部J43が塑性流動化して接合される。補助部材210の表面210aにはバリV42が形成される。 In the friction stirring step, only the stirring pin F2 may be brought into contact with the second metal member 203, the third metal member 204, and the auxiliary member 210 to perform the friction stir welding. In this case, the second butted portion J43 is plastically fluidized and joined by frictional heat between the second metal member 203, the third metal member 204, and the stirring pin F2. A burr V42 is formed on the surface 210a of the auxiliary member 210.
 除去工程は、図48に示すように、第二金属部材203及び第三金属部材204から補助部材210を除去する工程である。除去工程では、補助部材210の両端をめくり上げつつ、凹溝Dを境に折り曲げるようにして切除する。凹溝Dは、塑性化領域W43のうち深くえぐれている部位である。除去工程は、切削工具等を用いてよいが、本実施形態では手作業で除去している。以上の工程により、図49に示すように、第一金属部材201と第二金属部材203と第三金属部材204とが正面視T字状に接合される。 The removal step is a step of removing the auxiliary member 210 from the second metal member 203 and the third metal member 204 as shown in FIG. In the removing step, the auxiliary member 210 is cut off while turning up both ends of the auxiliary member 210 so as to bend at the groove D. The concave groove D is a portion that is deeply buried in the plasticized region W43. In the removal process, a cutting tool or the like may be used, but in this embodiment, the removal process is performed manually. Through the above steps, as shown in FIG. 49, the first metal member 201, the second metal member 203, and the third metal member 204 are joined in a T shape when viewed from the front.
 以上説明した第十一実施形態に係る接合方法によっても第八実施形態と略同等の効果を奏することができる。すなわち、第二金属部材203と第三金属部材204を突き合わせて形成される凹溝205に第一金属部材201の端面201aを挿入して当該端面201aを凹溝205の底面205aに突き合わせるため、突合せ工程時に第一金属部材201と第二金属部材203と第三金属部材204との位置ずれを防ぐことができる。 Also by the joining method according to the eleventh embodiment described above, substantially the same effect as that of the eighth embodiment can be obtained. That is, in order to insert the end surface 201a of the first metal member 201 into the concave groove 205 formed by abutting the second metal member 203 and the third metal member 204 and abut the end surface 201a with the bottom surface 205a of the concave groove 205, It is possible to prevent displacement of the first metal member 201, the second metal member 203, and the third metal member 204 during the butting process.
[第十二実施形態]
 次に、本発明の第十二実施形態に係る接合方法について説明する。第十二実施形態に係る接合方法では、突合せ工程と、配置工程と、摩擦攪拌工程と、除去工程とを行う。第十二実施形態に係る接合方法は、補助部材210の配置位置が第十一実施形態と相違する。第十二実施形態に係る接合方法では、第十一実施形態と相違する部分を中心に説明する。
[Twelfth embodiment]
Next, a joining method according to the twelfth embodiment of the present invention will be described. In the joining method according to the twelfth embodiment, a butting process, an arranging process, a friction stirring process, and a removing process are performed. In the joining method according to the twelfth embodiment, the arrangement position of the auxiliary member 210 is different from that of the eleventh embodiment. The joining method according to the twelfth embodiment will be described with a focus on differences from the eleventh embodiment.
 突合せ工程では、図50に示すように、第十一実施形態と同様に第二金属部材203の端面203cと第三金属部材204の端面204cとを突き合わせて第一突合せ部J42を形成する。このように突き合わせると、第一切欠部203d及び第二切欠部204dによって第二金属部材203と第三金属部材204とに跨る単一かつ断面矩形の凹溝205が形成される。次に、第二金属部材203及び第三金属部材204の凹溝205に第一金属部材201の端面201aを挿入して当該端面201aを凹溝205の底面205aに突き合わせて第二突合せ部J43を形成する。 In the butting step, as shown in FIG. 50, the end surface 203c of the second metal member 203 and the end surface 204c of the third metal member 204 are butted together to form the first butting portion J42 as in the eleventh embodiment. When abutting in this manner, a single and rectangular recess groove 205 straddling the second metal member 203 and the third metal member 204 is formed by the first notch 203d and the second notch 204d. Next, the end surface 201a of the first metal member 201 is inserted into the recessed groove 205 of the second metal member 203 and the third metal member 204, the end surface 201a is butted against the bottom surface 205a of the recessed groove 205, and the second butted portion J43 is formed. Form.
 ここで、図50に示すように、摩擦攪拌工程の際に、回転ツールF(図46参照)の回転中心軸Cが通る予定位置を「接合基準線X」と設定する。接合基準線Xは、本実施形態では第一金属部材201の板厚方向の中心と凹溝205の溝幅方向の中心と第一突合せ部J42と重なるように設定している。配置工程では、補助部材210を第一突合せ部J42に対して一方側のみの第三金属部材204の表面204aに配置しつつ、補助部材210の側面210cが、第一突合せ部J42と重なる位置に補助部材210を配置する。なお、配置工程では、補助部材210を第一突合せ部J42に対して他方側のみの第二金属部材203の表面203aに配置してもよい。
 本実施形態に係る摩擦攪拌工程及び除去工程は、上記した第九実施形態と略同様の方法で行う。
Here, as shown in FIG. 50, the planned position through which the rotation center axis C of the rotary tool F (see FIG. 46) passes is set as a “joining reference line X” in the friction stirring step. In this embodiment, the joining reference line X is set so as to overlap the center of the first metal member 201 in the plate thickness direction, the center of the groove 205 in the groove width direction, and the first butted portion J42. In the arranging step, the auxiliary member 210 is arranged on the surface 204a of the third metal member 204 only on one side with respect to the first abutting portion J42, and the side surface 210c of the auxiliary member 210 is positioned so as to overlap the first abutting portion J42. An auxiliary member 210 is disposed. In the arranging step, the auxiliary member 210 may be arranged on the surface 203a of the second metal member 203 only on the other side with respect to the first abutting portion J42.
The friction stirring step and the removing step according to the present embodiment are performed by a method substantially similar to that of the ninth embodiment described above.
 以上説明した第十二実施形態に係る接合方法によっても第十一実施形態と略同等の効果を奏することができる。すなわち、第二金属部材203と第三金属部材204を突き合わせて形成される凹溝205に第一金属部材201の端面201aを挿入して当該端面201aを凹溝205の底面205aに突き合わせるため、突合せ工程時に第一金属部材201と第二金属部材203と第三金属部材204との位置ずれを防ぐことができる。
 また、第十二実施形態に係る接合方法によっても第九実施形態と略同等の効果を奏することができる。すなわち、第十二実施形態に係る配置工程では補助部材210を第一突合せ部J42に対して一方側の第三金属部材204の表面204aに配置し、摩擦攪拌工程では補助部材210側にバリV42が発生するように接合条件を設定した。これにより、第一突合せ部J42に対して一方側に配置された補助部材210にバリV42を集約することができる。これにより、バリV42を補助部材210ごと除去できるため、バリV42を容易に除去することができる。
The bonding method according to the twelfth embodiment described above can provide substantially the same effect as that of the eleventh embodiment. That is, in order to insert the end surface 201a of the first metal member 201 into the concave groove 205 formed by abutting the second metal member 203 and the third metal member 204 and abut the end surface 201a with the bottom surface 205a of the concave groove 205, It is possible to prevent displacement of the first metal member 201, the second metal member 203, and the third metal member 204 during the butting process.
In addition, the joining method according to the twelfth embodiment can achieve substantially the same effect as the ninth embodiment. That is, in the disposing step according to the twelfth embodiment, the auxiliary member 210 is disposed on the surface 204a of the third metal member 204 on one side with respect to the first abutting portion J42, and the burr V42 is disposed on the auxiliary member 210 side in the friction stirring step. The joining conditions were set so that this occurred. Thereby, the burr | flash V42 can be concentrated on the auxiliary member 210 arrange | positioned on the one side with respect to the 1st butt | matching part J42. Thereby, since the burr | flash V42 can be removed with the auxiliary member 210, the burr | flash V42 can be removed easily.
[第十三実施形態]
 次に、本発明の第十三実施形態に係る接合方法について説明する。本実施形態に係る接合方法では、突合せ工程と、配置工程と、摩擦攪拌工程と、除去工程とを行う。第十三実施形態に係る接合方法は、補助部材210の配置位置が第十二実施形態と相違する。第十三実施形態に係る接合方法では、第十二実施形態と相違する部分を中心に説明する。
[Thirteenth embodiment]
Next, a joining method according to the thirteenth embodiment of the present invention will be described. In the joining method according to the present embodiment, a butt process, an arrangement process, a friction stirring process, and a removal process are performed. In the joining method according to the thirteenth embodiment, the arrangement position of the auxiliary member 210 is different from that of the twelfth embodiment. The joining method according to the thirteenth embodiment will be described with a focus on the differences from the twelfth embodiment.
 突合せ工程では、図51に示すように、第十一実施形態と同様に第二金属部材203の端面203cと第三金属部材204の端面204cとを突き合わせて第一突合せ部J42を形成する。このように突き合わせると、第一切欠部203d及び第二切欠部204dによって第二金属部材203と第三金属部材204とに跨る単一かつ断面矩形の凹溝205が形成される。次に、第二金属部材203及び第三金属部材204の凹溝205に第一金属部材201の端面201aを挿入して当該端面201aを凹溝205の底面205aに突き合わせて第二突合せ部J43を形成する。本実施形態でも、接合基準線Xは第一金属部材201の板厚方向の中心と凹溝205の溝幅方向の中心と第一突合せ部J42と重なる位置に設定している。 In the butting process, as shown in FIG. 51, the end face 203c of the second metal member 203 and the end face 204c of the third metal member 204 are butted together in the same manner as in the eleventh embodiment to form the first butting portion J42. When abutting in this manner, a single and rectangular recess groove 205 straddling the second metal member 203 and the third metal member 204 is formed by the first notch 203d and the second notch 204d. Next, the end surface 201a of the first metal member 201 is inserted into the recessed groove 205 of the second metal member 203 and the third metal member 204, the end surface 201a is butted against the bottom surface 205a of the recessed groove 205, and the second butted portion J43 is formed. Form. Also in this embodiment, the joining reference line X is set at a position where the center of the first metal member 201 in the plate thickness direction, the center of the groove 205 in the groove width direction, and the first butted portion J42 overlap.
 配置工程では、補助部材210を第一突合せ部J42に対して他方側の第二金属部材203の表面203aに配置しつつ、補助部材210の側面210cが第一突合せ部J42に対して一方側の第三金属部材204にわずかに突出するように補助部材210を配置する。補助部材210の厚さ及び接合基準線Xから側面210cまでの距離は、摩擦攪拌工程において、接合部(塑性化領域W41)に金属不足が発生せず、かつ、摩擦攪拌工程後に一方側に補助部材210が残存しないように適宜設定する。なお、配置工程では、補助部材210を第一突合せ部J42に対して一方側の第三金属部材204の表面204aに配置しつつ、補助部材210の側面210cが第一突合せ部J42に対して他方側の第二金属部材203にわずかに突出するように補助部材210を配置してもよい。
 本実施形態に係る摩擦攪拌工程及び除去工程は、上記した第十実施形態と略同様の方法で行う。
In the arranging step, the auxiliary member 210 is arranged on the surface 203a of the second metal member 203 on the other side with respect to the first butting portion J42, and the side surface 210c of the auxiliary member 210 is on one side with respect to the first butting portion J42. The auxiliary member 210 is disposed so as to slightly protrude from the third metal member 204. The thickness of the auxiliary member 210 and the distance from the joining reference line X to the side surface 210c are such that there is no metal shortage in the joining portion (plasticization region W41) in the friction stirring process, and assistance is performed on one side after the friction stirring process. It sets suitably so that the member 210 may not remain | survive. In the arranging step, the auxiliary member 210 is arranged on the surface 204a of the third metal member 204 on one side with respect to the first abutting portion J42, while the side surface 210c of the auxiliary member 210 is on the other side with respect to the first abutting portion J42. The auxiliary member 210 may be disposed so as to slightly protrude from the second metal member 203 on the side.
The friction stirring step and the removing step according to the present embodiment are performed by a method substantially similar to that of the tenth embodiment described above.
 以上説明した第十三実施形態に係る接合方法によっても第十一実施形態と略同等の効果を奏することができる。すなわち、第二金属部材203と第三金属部材204を突き合わせて形成される凹溝205に第一金属部材201の端面201aを挿入して当該端面201aを凹溝205の底面205aに突き合わせるため、突合せ工程時に第一金属部材201と第二金属部材203と第三金属部材204との位置ずれを防ぐことができる。
 また、第十三実施形態に係る接合方法によっても第十実施形態と略同等の効果を奏することができる。すなわち、配置工程において、第一突合せ部J42に対して他方側の第二金属部材203の表面203aに補助部材210を配置しつつ、一方側の第三金属部材204の表面204aに補助部材210の側面210cをわずかに突出させる。また、摩擦攪拌工程では、第一突合せ部J42及び第二突合せ部J43を摩擦攪拌接合しつつ、一方側の第三金属部材204の表面204aに補助部材210及びバリV42が残存せず、補助部材210側にバリV42が発生するように接合条件を設定する。これにより、接合部(塑性化領域W42)の金属不足をバランスよく防ぐことができるとともに、他方側に配置された補助部材210にバリV42を集約することができる。これにより、バリV42を補助部材210ごと除去できるため、バリV42を容易に除去することができる。
The bonding method according to the thirteenth embodiment described above can provide substantially the same effect as that of the eleventh embodiment. That is, in order to insert the end surface 201a of the first metal member 201 into the concave groove 205 formed by abutting the second metal member 203 and the third metal member 204 and abut the end surface 201a with the bottom surface 205a of the concave groove 205, It is possible to prevent displacement of the first metal member 201, the second metal member 203, and the third metal member 204 during the butting process.
Also, the joining method according to the thirteenth embodiment can provide substantially the same effect as that of the tenth embodiment. That is, in the arrangement step, the auxiliary member 210 is disposed on the surface 204a of the third metal member 204 on one side while the auxiliary member 210 is disposed on the surface 203a of the second metal member 203 on the other side with respect to the first butting portion J42. The side surface 210c is slightly protruded. In the friction stirring step, the auxiliary member 210 and the burr V42 do not remain on the surface 204a of the third metal member 204 on one side while the first butting portion J42 and the second butting portion J43 are friction stir welded. The joining conditions are set so that the burr V42 is generated on the 210 side. Thereby, it is possible to prevent the metal shortage of the joint portion (plasticization region W42) in a well-balanced manner and to collect the burrs V42 on the auxiliary member 210 disposed on the other side. Thereby, since the burr | flash V42 can be removed with the auxiliary member 210, the burr | flash V42 can be removed easily.
[第十四実施形態]
 本発明の第十四実施形態に係る接合方法について図面を参照して詳細に説明する。図52に示すように、本実施形態に係る接合方法では、第一金属部材301と第二金属部材302とをT字状に突き合わせて接合する。本実施形態に係る接合方法は、突合せ工程と、仮接合工程と、本接合工程とを行う。
[14th embodiment]
The joining method according to the fourteenth embodiment of the present invention will be described in detail with reference to the drawings. As shown in FIG. 52, in the joining method according to the present embodiment, the first metal member 301 and the second metal member 302 are butted in a T shape and joined. The joining method according to the present embodiment performs a butt process, a temporary joining process, and a main joining process.
 第一金属部材301は、板状の金属部材である。第一金属部材301の材料は、アルミニウム、アルミニウム合金、銅、銅合金、チタン、チタン合金、マグネシウム、マグネシウム合金等の摩擦攪拌可能な金属から適宜選択される。第二金属部材302は、板状の金属部材である。第二金属部材302の材料は、前記した摩擦攪拌可能な金属から適宜選択すればよいが、第一金属部材301と同等の材料であることが好ましい。第一金属部材301及び第二金属部材302の板厚は適宜設定すればよい。第二金属部材302の裏面302cには、第一金属部材301側に開口する凹溝302dが形成されている。凹溝302dは、第一金属部材301の形状に対応する断面矩形状を呈する。凹溝302dの溝幅は、本実施形態では第一金属部材301の板厚と同等に形成されている。凹溝302dは、第一金属部材301の一端縁を嵌合可能に形成されている。 The first metal member 301 is a plate-like metal member. The material of the first metal member 301 is appropriately selected from metals capable of friction stir, such as aluminum, aluminum alloy, copper, copper alloy, titanium, titanium alloy, magnesium, and magnesium alloy. The second metal member 302 is a plate-like metal member. The material of the second metal member 302 may be appropriately selected from the metals that can be frictionally stirred, but is preferably the same material as the first metal member 301. The plate thicknesses of the first metal member 301 and the second metal member 302 may be set as appropriate. On the back surface 302 c of the second metal member 302, a concave groove 302 d that opens to the first metal member 301 side is formed. The concave groove 302 d has a rectangular cross section corresponding to the shape of the first metal member 301. The groove width of the recessed groove 302d is formed to be equal to the plate thickness of the first metal member 301 in this embodiment. The recessed groove 302d is formed so that one end edge of the first metal member 301 can be fitted.
 突合せ工程は、図52に示すように、第二金属部材302の凹溝302dに第一金属部材301の端面301aを挿入して当該端面301aを凹溝302dの底面302eに突き合わせて突合せ部J51を形成する工程である。本実施形態に係る突合せ工程では、凹溝302dの溝幅が第一金属部材301の板厚と同等に形成されているため、第一金属部材301の板厚方向の側面301b,301cと凹溝302dの溝幅方向の側面302f,302gとがそれぞれ当接し、第一金属部材301の一端縁が凹溝302dに嵌合する。 52, as shown in FIG. 52, the end surface 301a of the first metal member 301 is inserted into the recessed groove 302d of the second metal member 302, the end surface 301a is butted against the bottom surface 302e of the recessed groove 302d, and the butted portion J51 is formed. It is a process of forming. In the butting process according to the present embodiment, the groove width of the concave groove 302d is formed to be equal to the plate thickness of the first metal member 301, and therefore the side surfaces 301b and 301c in the plate thickness direction of the first metal member 301 and the concave groove. The side surfaces 302f and 302g in the groove width direction of 302d are in contact with each other, and one end edge of the first metal member 301 is fitted into the concave groove 302d.
 仮接合工程は、図53に示すように、第一金属部材301と第二金属部材302の内隅を、回転ツール(仮接合用回転ツール)Fを用いてスポット仮接合する工程である。本実施形態では、回転ツールFを右回転させるため、螺旋溝は、基端から先端に向かうにつれて左回りに形成されている。 As shown in FIG. 53, the temporary bonding step is a step of temporarily bonding the inner corners of the first metal member 301 and the second metal member 302 using a rotary tool (temporary bonding rotary tool) F. In the present embodiment, in order to rotate the rotary tool F to the right, the spiral groove is formed in a counterclockwise direction from the proximal end toward the distal end.
 なお、回転ツールFを左回転させる場合は、螺旋溝を基端から先端に向かうにつれて右回りに形成することが好ましい。螺旋溝をこのように設定することで、摩擦攪拌の際に塑性流動化した金属が螺旋溝によって攪拌ピンF2の先端側に導かれる。これにより、被接合金属部材(第一金属部材301及び第二金属部材302)の外部に溢れ出る金属の量を少なくすることができる。 In addition, when rotating the rotation tool F counterclockwise, it is preferable to form the spiral groove clockwise as it goes from the proximal end to the distal end. By setting the spiral groove in this way, the metal plastically fluidized during friction stirring is guided to the tip side of the stirring pin F2 by the spiral groove. Thereby, the quantity of the metal which overflows outside the to-be-joined metal member (the 1st metal member 301 and the 2nd metal member 302) can be decreased.
 仮接合工程では、第一金属部材301の側面301bと第二金属部材302の裏面302cとで構成される第一内隅(内隅)及び第一金属部材301の側面301cと第二金属部材302の裏面302cとで構成される第二内隅(内隅)に、回転ツールFの回転中心軸を傾斜させつつ挿入する。また、仮接合工程では、攪拌ピンF2を前記内隅に浅く挿入しつつ内隅に沿って断続的に摩擦攪拌接合を行う。仮接合工程によって、塑性化領域W51が点状に断続的に形成される。 In the temporary joining step, the first inner corner (inner corner) composed of the side surface 301b of the first metal member 301 and the back surface 302c of the second metal member 302 and the side surface 301c of the first metal member 301 and the second metal member 302 are formed. Is inserted into the second inner corner (inner corner) composed of the back surface 302c of the rotating tool F while inclining the rotation center axis thereof. In the temporary joining step, friction stir welding is intermittently performed along the inner corner while the stirring pin F2 is inserted shallowly into the inner corner. By the temporary joining step, the plasticized region W51 is intermittently formed in a dot shape.
 また、仮接合工程では、第二金属部材302の一端側の端面にタブ材Tを仮接合するタブ材仮接合工程を行う。タブ材Tの板厚は、第二金属部材302の板厚と同一である。タブ材仮接合工程では、タブ材Tの裏面Tbと第二金属部材302の裏面302cとを面一にするとともに、タブ材Tの表面Taと第二金属部材302の表面302bとを面一にする。また、タブ材仮接合工程では、回転ツールFを用いてタブ材Tと第二金属部材302とを仮接合する。なお、後記する本接合工程の終了位置となるように、第二金属部材302の他端側の端面にタブ材Tを設けてもよい。 In the temporary bonding step, a tab material temporary bonding step is performed in which the tab material T is temporarily bonded to the end surface on one end side of the second metal member 302. The thickness of the tab material T is the same as the thickness of the second metal member 302. In the tab material temporary joining step, the back surface Tb of the tab material T and the back surface 302c of the second metal member 302 are flush with each other, and the surface Ta of the tab material T and the surface 302b of the second metal member 302 are flush with each other. To do. In the tab material temporary joining step, the tab material T and the second metal member 302 are temporarily joined using the rotary tool F. In addition, you may provide the tab material T in the end surface of the other end side of the 2nd metal member 302 so that it may become the completion | finish position of the main joining process mentioned later.
 本接合工程は、図54に示すように、回転ツール(本接合用回転ツール)Fを用いて、突合せ部J51を本格的に摩擦攪拌接合する工程である。本接合工程では、タブ材Tに設定された開始位置Spに右回転させた回転ツールFを挿入し、突合せ部J51に沿って回転ツールFを相対移動させる。回転ツールFの移動軌跡には塑性化領域W52が形成される。 The main joining step is a step of full-scale friction stir welding of the butt joint J51 using a rotating tool (rotating tool for main joining) F as shown in FIG. In the main joining step, the rotating tool F rotated to the right is inserted into the start position Sp set on the tab material T, and the rotating tool F is relatively moved along the abutting portion J51. A plasticizing region W52 is formed in the movement trajectory of the rotary tool F.
 本接合工程では、図55に示すように、連結部F1を第二金属部材302から離間させ、つまり、攪拌ピンF2の基端側は露出させた状態で摩擦攪拌接合を行う。また、本実施形態では、攪拌ピンF2の先端が第一金属部材301に達するように、つまり、攪拌ピンF2と第一金属部材301及び第二金属部材302とが接触するように攪拌ピンF2の挿入深さを設定する。 In this joining step, as shown in FIG. 55, the friction stir welding is performed with the connecting portion F1 separated from the second metal member 302, that is, the base end side of the stirring pin F2 is exposed. Further, in the present embodiment, the stirring pin F2 is arranged so that the tip of the stirring pin F2 reaches the first metal member 301, that is, the stirring pin F2, the first metal member 301, and the second metal member 302 are in contact with each other. Set the insertion depth.
 なお、攪拌ピンF2の挿入深さは、攪拌ピンF2が第二金属部材302のみに接触するように設定してもよい。この場合は、攪拌ピンF2と第二金属部材302との摩擦熱により突合せ部J51が塑性流動化して接合される。 It should be noted that the insertion depth of the stirring pin F2 may be set so that the stirring pin F2 contacts only the second metal member 302. In this case, the butt portion J51 is plastically fluidized and joined by frictional heat between the stirring pin F2 and the second metal member 302.
 本接合工程が終了したら、塑性化領域W52に形成されたバリを除去するバリ除去工程を行ってもよい。これにより、第二金属部材302の表面302bをきれいに仕上げることができる。 When the main joining process is completed, a burr removing process for removing burrs formed in the plasticized region W52 may be performed. Thereby, the surface 302b of the 2nd metal member 302 can be finished finely.
 以上説明した本実施形態に係る接合方法によれば、仮接合工程で第一金属部材301及び第二金属部材302同士をスポット仮接合するため、本接合工程の際に、各金属部材同士が離間することや位置ずれを防ぐことができる。これにより、接合精度を高めることができる。また、本接合工程及び仮接合工程とも、攪拌ピンF2のみを各金属部材に挿入するため、入熱量を少なくすることができ、各金属部材の熱歪を小さくすることができる。特に、仮接合工程では、スポット仮接合を行うことにより、入熱量を少なくすることができるとともに、接合時間も短くすることができる。 According to the bonding method according to the present embodiment described above, the first metal member 301 and the second metal member 302 are spot-temporarily bonded to each other in the temporary bonding step. And misalignment can be prevented. Thereby, joining accuracy can be raised. Moreover, since only the stirring pin F2 is inserted into each metal member in both the main joining step and the temporary joining step, the amount of heat input can be reduced, and the thermal strain of each metal member can be reduced. In particular, in the temporary bonding step, by performing spot temporary bonding, the amount of heat input can be reduced and the bonding time can also be shortened.
 また、本接合工程及び仮接合工程とも、攪拌ピンF2のみを各金属部材に挿入するため、摩擦攪拌装置にかかる負荷を小さくすることができる。これにより、本接合工程では、深い位置にある突合せ部J51を接合することができる。つまり、第二金属部材302の板厚が大きい場合でも接合できるため、設計の自由度を高めることができる。 Moreover, since only the stirring pin F2 is inserted into each metal member in both the main joining process and the temporary joining process, the load applied to the friction stirrer can be reduced. Thereby, in the main joining step, the butted portion J51 located at a deep position can be joined. That is, since the second metal member 302 can be joined even when the plate thickness is large, the degree of freedom in design can be increased.
 また、第二金属部材302の凹溝302dに第一金属部材301の端面301aを挿入して当該端面301aを凹溝302dの底面302eに突き合わせるため、突合せ工程時に第一金属部材301と第二金属部材302とを容易に位置決めできる。 Further, the end surface 301a of the first metal member 301 is inserted into the concave groove 302d of the second metal member 302 and the end surface 301a is butted against the bottom surface 302e of the concave groove 302d. The metal member 302 can be easily positioned.
 また、仮接合工程で用いる仮接合用回転ツールと、本接合工程で用いる本接合用回転ツールはそれぞれ異なるものを用いてもよいが、本実施形態のように回転ツールFで兼用させることにより、各工程で回転ツールを交換する必要がない。これにより、接合作業を効率よく行うことができる。 In addition, the temporary bonding rotary tool used in the temporary bonding process and the main bonding rotating tool used in the main bonding process may be different from each other, but by using the rotary tool F as in the present embodiment, There is no need to change the rotating tool in each process. Thereby, joining work can be performed efficiently.
 次に、本発明の第十四実施形態の変形例に係る接合方法について説明する。本変形例では、突合せ工程と、仮接合工程と、本接合工程とを行う。変形例に係る突合せ工程及び本接合工程は、前記した第十四実施形態と共通なので説明を省略する。 Next, a joining method according to a modification of the fourteenth embodiment of the present invention will be described. In this modification, a butt process, a temporary bonding process, and a main bonding process are performed. Since the butting process and the main joining process according to the modification are common to the above-described fourteenth embodiment, the description thereof is omitted.
 本変形例に係る仮接合工程は、具体的な図示は省略するが、第一金属部材301と第二金属部材302とで構成される内隅に沿って溶接によるスポット仮接合を行う。仮接合工程では、TIG溶接、MIG溶接又はレーザー溶接等によって第一金属部材301の側面301bと第二金属部材302の裏面302cとで構成される第一内隅(内隅)及び第一金属部材301の側面301cと第二金属部材302の裏面302cとで構成される第二内隅(内隅)に断続的に溶接を行う。 In the temporary joining step according to this modification, although not shown in the drawings, spot temporary joining is performed by welding along an inner corner formed by the first metal member 301 and the second metal member 302. In the temporary joining step, a first inner corner (inner corner) and a first metal member constituted by the side surface 301b of the first metal member 301 and the back surface 302c of the second metal member 302 by TIG welding, MIG welding, laser welding, or the like. Welding is intermittently performed at a second inner corner (inner corner) formed by the side surface 301 c of 301 and the back surface 302 c of the second metal member 302.
 本変形例によっても前記した第十四実施形態と略同等の効果を奏することができる。特に、仮接合工程では、溶接でスポット仮接合を行うことにより各金属部材の熱歪を防ぐことができるとともに、短時間で仮接合することができる。 This modification can also provide substantially the same effect as that of the fourteenth embodiment described above. In particular, in the temporary joining step, by performing spot temporary joining by welding, thermal distortion of each metal member can be prevented and temporary joining can be performed in a short time.
[第十五実施形態]
 次に、図56及び図57を参照して、本発明の第十五実施形態に係る接合方法について説明する。第十五実施形態に係る接合方法では、突合せ工程と、仮接合工程と、本接合工程とを行う。第十五実施形態に係る接合方法は、第二金属部材303及び第三金属部材304によって凹溝305を形成する点が第十四実施形態と相違する。第十五実施形態に係る接合方法では、第十四実施形態と相違する部分を中心に説明する。
[Fifteenth embodiment]
Next, with reference to FIG.56 and FIG.57, the joining method which concerns on 15th embodiment of this invention is demonstrated. In the joining method according to the fifteenth embodiment, a butt process, a temporary joining process, and a main joining process are performed. The joining method according to the fifteenth embodiment is different from the fourteenth embodiment in that a concave groove 305 is formed by the second metal member 303 and the third metal member 304. The joining method according to the fifteenth embodiment will be described with a focus on differences from the fourteenth embodiment.
 第一金属部材301は、板状の金属部材である。第一金属部材301の材料は、アルミニウム、アルミニウム合金、銅、銅合金、チタン、チタン合金、マグネシウム、マグネシウム合金等の摩擦攪拌可能な金属から適宜選択される。第二金属部材303及び第三金属部材304は、板状の金属部材である。第二金属部材303及び第三金属部材304の材料は、前記した摩擦攪拌可能な金属から適宜選択すればよいが、第一金属部材301と同等の材料であることが好ましい。第一金属部材301、第二金属部材303及び第三金属部材304の板厚は適宜設定すればよい。 The first metal member 301 is a plate-like metal member. The material of the first metal member 301 is appropriately selected from metals capable of friction stir, such as aluminum, aluminum alloy, copper, copper alloy, titanium, titanium alloy, magnesium, and magnesium alloy. The second metal member 303 and the third metal member 304 are plate-like metal members. The material of the second metal member 303 and the third metal member 304 may be appropriately selected from the metals that can be frictionally stirred, but is preferably the same material as that of the first metal member 301. The plate thicknesses of the first metal member 301, the second metal member 303, and the third metal member 304 may be set as appropriate.
 第二金属部材303は、第三金属部材304に対面する端面303cと、端面303cに対して連続するとともに直交する方向に延在する表面303aと、端面303cに対して直交する方向に延在する裏面303bと、裏面303bと端面303cとで構成された角部を切り欠いて形成された第一切欠部303dと、を有している。第一切欠部303dは、第一金属部材301側及び第三金属部材304側に開口している。第一切欠部303dは、第一切欠底面303eと第一切欠側面303fとを有している。第一切欠底面303eは、端面303cに対して連続するとともに直交する方向に延在している。第一切欠側面303fは、第一切欠底面303eと裏面303bとの間に形成されるとともに、第一切欠底面303e及び裏面303bに対して直交する方向に延在している。 The second metal member 303 has an end surface 303c facing the third metal member 304, a surface 303a continuous with the end surface 303c and extending in a direction orthogonal thereto, and extending in a direction orthogonal to the end surface 303c. It has a back surface 303b, and a first notch 303d formed by cutting out a corner formed by the back surface 303b and the end surface 303c. All the notches 303d are open to the first metal member 301 side and the third metal member 304 side. The first notch 303d has a first notch bottom surface 303e and a first notch side surface 303f. The first bottom surface 303e is continuous with the end surface 303c and extends in a direction orthogonal thereto. The first cut-away side surface 303f is formed between the first cut-out bottom surface 303e and the back surface 303b, and extends in a direction orthogonal to the first cut-out bottom surface 303e and the back surface 303b.
 第三金属部材304は、端面303cに対面する端面304cと、端面304cに対して連続するとともに直交する方向に延在する表面304aと、端面304cに対して直交する方向に延在する裏面304bと、裏面304bと端面304cとで構成された角部を切り欠いて形成された第二切欠部304dと、を有している。第二切欠部304dは、第一金属部材301側及び第二金属部材303側に開口している。第二切欠部304dは、第二切欠底面304eと第二切欠側面304fとを有している。第二切欠底面304eは、端面304cに対して連続するとともに直交する方向に延在している。第二切欠側面304fは、第二切欠底面304eと裏面304bとの間に形成されるとともに、第二切欠底面304e及び裏面304bに対して直交する方向に延在している。第一切欠部303dと第二切欠部304dとは、第一突合せ部J52の延長線に対して線対称に形成されている。 The third metal member 304 includes an end surface 304c facing the end surface 303c, a surface 304a continuous with the end surface 304c and extending in a direction orthogonal to the end surface 304c, and a back surface 304b extending in a direction orthogonal to the end surface 304c. , And a second cutout portion 304d formed by cutting out a corner portion constituted by the back surface 304b and the end surface 304c. The second notch 304d is open to the first metal member 301 side and the second metal member 303 side. The second notch 304d has a second notch bottom surface 304e and a second notch side surface 304f. The second notch bottom surface 304e is continuous with the end surface 304c and extends in a direction orthogonal thereto. The second notch side surface 304f is formed between the second notch bottom surface 304e and the back surface 304b, and extends in a direction orthogonal to the second notch bottom surface 304e and the back surface 304b. The first notch 303d and the second notch 304d are formed symmetrically with respect to the extension line of the first butting portion J52.
 第一切欠部303dと第二切欠部304dは、端面303cと端面304cとが突き合わされた状態において、単一の凹溝305を構成する。第一切欠底面303eと第二切欠底面304eは、凹溝305の底面305aを構成する。第一切欠側面303fは、凹溝305の一方の側面305bを構成し、第二切欠側面304fは、凹溝305の他方の側面305cを構成する。凹溝305は、第一金属部材301側に開口する。凹溝305は、第一金属部材301の形状に対応する断面矩形状を呈する。凹溝305の溝幅は、本実施形態では第一金属部材301の板厚と同等に形成されている。凹溝305は、第一金属部材301の一端縁を嵌合可能に形成されている。 The first notch 303d and the second notch 304d constitute a single groove 305 in a state where the end face 303c and the end face 304c are abutted with each other. The first notch bottom surface 303e and the second notch bottom surface 304e constitute the bottom surface 305a of the concave groove 305. The first notch side surface 303f constitutes one side surface 305b of the concave groove 305, and the second notch side surface 304f constitutes the other side surface 305c of the concave groove 305. The concave groove 305 opens to the first metal member 301 side. The concave groove 305 has a rectangular cross section corresponding to the shape of the first metal member 301. The groove width of the concave groove 305 is formed to be equal to the plate thickness of the first metal member 301 in this embodiment. The recessed groove 305 is formed so that one end edge of the first metal member 301 can be fitted.
 突合せ工程では、まず第二金属部材303の端面303cと第三金属部材304の端面304cとを突き合わせて第一突合せ部J52を形成する。このように突き合わせると、第一切欠部303d及び第二切欠部304dによって第二金属部材303と第三金属部材304とに跨る単一かつ断面矩形の凹溝305が形成される。次に、第二金属部材303及び第三金属部材304の凹溝305に第一金属部材301の端面301aを挿入して当該端面301aを凹溝305の底面305aに突き合わせて第二突合せ部J53を形成する(図57参照)。本実施形態に係る突合せ工程では、凹溝305の溝幅が第一金属部材301の板厚と同等に形成されているため、第一金属部材301の板厚方向の側面301b,301cと凹溝305の溝幅方向の側面305b,305cとがそれぞれ当接し、第一金属部材301の一端縁が凹溝305に嵌合する。 In the butting step, first, the end surface 303c of the second metal member 303 and the end surface 304c of the third metal member 304 are butted to form the first butting portion J52. When abutting in this manner, a single and rectangular recess groove 305 straddling the second metal member 303 and the third metal member 304 is formed by the first notch 303d and the second notch 304d. Next, the end surface 301a of the first metal member 301 is inserted into the groove 305 of the second metal member 303 and the third metal member 304, the end surface 301a is butted against the bottom surface 305a of the groove 305, and the second butted portion J53 is formed. Form (see FIG. 57). In the butting process according to the present embodiment, the groove width of the concave groove 305 is formed to be equal to the plate thickness of the first metal member 301, and therefore the side surfaces 301b and 301c in the plate thickness direction of the first metal member 301 and the concave groove. The side surfaces 305b and 305c in the groove width direction of 305 are in contact with each other, and one end edge of the first metal member 301 is fitted in the groove 305.
 仮接合工程は、図57に示すように、第一金属部材301と第二金属部材303の内隅及び第一金属部材301と第三金属部材304の内隅を、回転ツール(仮接合用回転ツール)Fを用いてスポット仮接合する工程である。 As shown in FIG. 57, the temporary joining step is performed by rotating the inner corners of the first metal member 301 and the second metal member 303 and the inner corners of the first metal member 301 and the third metal member 304 with a rotating tool (rotating for temporary joining). Tool) is a step of spot temporary joining using F.
 仮接合工程では、第一金属部材301の側面301bと第二金属部材303の裏面303bとで構成される第一内隅(内隅)及び第一金属部材301の側面301cと第三金属部材304の裏面304bとで構成される第二内隅(内隅)に、回転ツールFの回転中心軸を傾斜させつつ挿入する。また、仮接合工程では、攪拌ピンF2を前記内隅に浅く挿入しつつ内隅に沿って断続的に摩擦攪拌接合を行う。仮接合工程によって、塑性化領域W51が点状に断続的に形成される。 In the temporary joining step, the first inner corner (inner corner) constituted by the side surface 301b of the first metal member 301 and the back surface 303b of the second metal member 303, and the side surface 301c of the first metal member 301 and the third metal member 304 are formed. The rotation tool F is inserted into the second inner corner (inner corner) composed of the back surface 304b while inclining the rotation center axis. In the temporary joining step, friction stir welding is intermittently performed along the inner corner while the stirring pin F2 is inserted shallowly into the inner corner. By the temporary joining step, the plasticized region W51 is intermittently formed in a dot shape.
 また、仮接合工程では、第二金属部材303及び第三金属部材304の一端側の端面にタブ材Tを仮接合するタブ材仮接合工程を行う。タブ材Tの板厚は、第二金属部材303及び第三金属部材304の板厚と同一である。タブ材仮接合工程では、タブ材Tの裏面Tbと第二金属部材303の裏面303bと第三金属部材304の裏面304bとを面一にするとともに、タブ材Tの表面Taと第二金属部材303の表面303aと第三金属部材304の表面304aを面一にする。また、タブ材仮接合工程では、回転ツールFを用いてタブ材Tと第二金属部材303とを仮接合するとともに、タブ材Tと第三金属部材304とを仮接合する。なお、後記する本接合工程の終了位置となるように、第二金属部材303の他端側の端面にタブ材Tを設けてもよい。 In the temporary bonding step, a tab material temporary bonding step is performed in which the tab material T is temporarily bonded to the end surfaces on the one end side of the second metal member 303 and the third metal member 304. The thickness of the tab material T is the same as the thickness of the second metal member 303 and the third metal member 304. In the tab material temporary joining step, the back surface Tb of the tab material T, the back surface 303b of the second metal member 303, and the back surface 304b of the third metal member 304 are flush with each other, and the surface Ta of the tab material T and the second metal member The surface 303a of 303 and the surface 304a of the third metal member 304 are flush with each other. In the tab material temporary joining step, the tab material T and the second metal member 303 are temporarily joined using the rotary tool F, and the tab material T and the third metal member 304 are temporarily joined. In addition, you may provide the tab material T in the end surface of the other end side of the 2nd metal member 303 so that it may become the completion | finish position of the main joining process mentioned later.
 本接合工程は、具体的な図示は省略するが、第十四実施形態と同様に回転ツール(本接合用回転ツール)F(図54参照)を用いて、第一突合せ部J52及び第二突合せ部J53を本格的に摩擦攪拌接合する工程である。本接合工程では、タブ材Tに設定された開始位置に右回転させた回転ツールFを挿入し、第一突合せ部J52及び第二突合せ部J53に沿って回転ツールFを相対移動させる。回転ツールFの移動軌跡には塑性化領域W52が形成される。 Although the specific illustration of the main joining step is omitted, the first abutting portion J52 and the second abutting are performed using the rotary tool (rotary tool for main joining) F (see FIG. 54) as in the fourteenth embodiment. Part J53 is a step of full-scale friction stir welding. In the main joining step, the rotating tool F rotated to the right is inserted into the start position set on the tab material T, and the rotating tool F is relatively moved along the first butting portion J52 and the second butting portion J53. A plasticizing region W52 is formed in the movement trajectory of the rotary tool F.
 本接合工程では、連結部F1を第二金属部材303の表面203a及び第三金属部材304の表面304aから離間させ、つまり、攪拌ピンF2の基端側は露出させた状態で摩擦攪拌接合を行う。また、本実施形態では、攪拌ピンF2の先端が第一金属部材301に達するように、つまり、攪拌ピンF2と第一金属部材301、第二金属部材303及び第三金属部材304とが接触するように攪拌ピンF2の挿入深さを設定する。 In the main joining step, the friction stir welding is performed in a state where the connecting portion F1 is separated from the surface 203a of the second metal member 303 and the surface 304a of the third metal member 304, that is, the base end side of the stirring pin F2 is exposed. . Moreover, in this embodiment, the stirring pin F2 and the 1st metal member 301, the 2nd metal member 303, and the 3rd metal member 304 contact so that the front-end | tip of the stirring pin F2 may reach the 1st metal member 301. Thus, the insertion depth of the stirring pin F2 is set.
 なお、攪拌ピンF2の挿入深さは、攪拌ピンF2が第二金属部材303及び第三金属部材304のみに接触するように設定してもよい。この場合は、攪拌ピンF2と第二金属部材303と第三金属部材304との摩擦熱により第二突合せ部J53が塑性流動化して接合される。 The insertion depth of the stirring pin F2 may be set so that the stirring pin F2 contacts only the second metal member 303 and the third metal member 304. In this case, the second butted portion J53 is plastically fluidized and joined by frictional heat between the stirring pin F2, the second metal member 303, and the third metal member 304.
 本接合工程が終了したら、塑性化領域W52に形成されたバリを除去するバリ除去工程を行ってもよい。これにより、第二金属部材303の表面303a及び第三金属部材304の表面304aをきれいに仕上げることができる。 When the main joining process is completed, a burr removing process for removing burrs formed in the plasticized region W52 may be performed. Thereby, the surface 303a of the 2nd metal member 303 and the surface 304a of the 3rd metal member 304 can be finished finely.
 第十五実施形態によっても前記した第十四実施形態と略同等の効果を奏することができる。特に、第二金属部材303と第三金属部材304を突き合わせて形成される凹溝305に第一金属部材301の端面301aを挿入して当該端面301aを凹溝305の底面305aに突き合わせるため、突合せ工程時に第一金属部材301と第二金属部材303と第三金属部材304とを容易に位置決めできる。 According to the fifteenth embodiment, substantially the same effect as that of the fourteenth embodiment can be obtained. In particular, in order to insert the end surface 301a of the first metal member 301 into the concave groove 305 formed by abutting the second metal member 303 and the third metal member 304 and abut the end surface 301a with the bottom surface 305a of the concave groove 305, The first metal member 301, the second metal member 303, and the third metal member 304 can be easily positioned during the butting process.
 次に、本発明の変形例に係る接合方法について説明する。変形例では、突合せ工程と、仮接合工程と、本接合工程とを行う。変形例に係る突合せ工程及び本接合工程は、前記した第十五実施形態と共通なので説明を省略する。 Next, a joining method according to a modification of the present invention will be described. In the modification, a butt process, a temporary bonding process, and a main bonding process are performed. Since the butting process and the main joining process according to the modification are common to the above-described fifteenth embodiment, the description thereof is omitted.
 変形例に係る仮接合工程は、具体的な図示は省略するが、第一金属部材301と第二金属部材303とで構成される内隅及び第一金属部材301と第三金属部材304とで構成される内隅に沿って溶接によるスポット仮接合を行う。仮接合工程では、TIG溶接、MIG溶接又はレーザー溶接等によって第一金属部材301の側面301bと第二金属部材303の裏面303bとで構成される第一内隅(内隅)及び第一金属部材301の側面301cと第三金属部材304の裏面304bとで構成される第二内隅(内隅)に断続的に溶接を行う。 Although a specific illustration is omitted in the temporary joining step according to the modification, the inner corner constituted by the first metal member 301 and the second metal member 303 and the first metal member 301 and the third metal member 304 are included. Spot spot joining by welding is performed along the inner corner. In the temporary joining process, the first inner corner (inner corner) and the first metal member constituted by the side surface 301b of the first metal member 301 and the back surface 303b of the second metal member 303 by TIG welding, MIG welding, laser welding or the like. The second inner corner (inner corner) formed by the side surface 301c of the 301 and the back surface 304b of the third metal member 304 is intermittently welded.
 変形例によっても前記した第十五実施形態と略同等の効果を奏することができる。特に、仮接合工程では、溶接でスポット仮接合を行うことにより各金属部材の熱歪を防ぐことができるとともに、短時間で仮接合することができる。 Even in the modified example, substantially the same effect as that of the fifteenth embodiment can be obtained. In particular, in the temporary joining step, by performing spot temporary joining by welding, thermal distortion of each metal member can be prevented and temporary joining can be performed in a short time.
 以上説明した本発明の実施形態及び変形例について説明したが、本発明の趣旨に反しない範囲において適宜設計変更が可能である。例えば、各実施形態及び変形例では、金属部材同士を断面T字状となるように接合したが、断面略L字状となるように接合してもよい。 Although the embodiments and modifications of the present invention described above have been described, design changes can be made as appropriate without departing from the spirit of the present invention. For example, in each embodiment and modification, the metal members are joined so as to have a T-shaped cross section, but may be joined so as to have a substantially L-shaped cross section.
 1   第一金属部材
 2   第二金属部材
 10  補助部材
 F   回転ツール
 F1  連結部
 F2  攪拌ピン
 J1  突合せ部
 W1  塑性化領域
DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 1 1st metal member 2 2nd metal member 10 Auxiliary member F Rotary tool F1 Connection part F2 Stirring pin J1 Butt part W1 Plasticization area | region

Claims (35)

  1.  攪拌ピンを備えた回転ツールを用いて第一金属部材と第二金属部材とを接合する接合方法であって、
     前記第一金属部材の端面と前記第二金属部材の裏面とを突き合わせて突合せ部を形成する突合せ工程と、
     前記第二金属部材の表面のうち前記第一金属部材に対応する位置に補助部材を配置する配置工程と、
     回転する前記攪拌ピンを前記補助部材の表面側から挿入し、前記攪拌ピンのみを、前記第二金属部材及び前記補助部材、又は、前記第一金属部材、前記第二金属部材及び前記補助部材に接触させた状態で前記回転ツールを相対移動させて前記突合せ部を摩擦攪拌接合する摩擦攪拌工程と、を含むことを特徴とする接合方法。
    A joining method for joining the first metal member and the second metal member using a rotary tool equipped with a stirring pin,
    A butting step of butting the end surface of the first metal member and the back surface of the second metal member to form a butting portion;
    An arranging step of arranging an auxiliary member at a position corresponding to the first metal member of the surface of the second metal member;
    The rotating stirring pin is inserted from the surface side of the auxiliary member, and only the stirring pin is inserted into the second metal member and the auxiliary member, or the first metal member, the second metal member, and the auxiliary member. A friction stir process in which the rotating tool is relatively moved in the contacted state to friction stir weld the butted portion.
  2.  バリが形成された補助部材を前記第二金属部材から除去する除去工程を含むことを特徴とする請求項1に記載の接合方法。 The joining method according to claim 1, further comprising a removing step of removing the auxiliary member on which the burr is formed from the second metal member.
  3.  前記摩擦攪拌工程では、前記補助部材の中央部に前記攪拌ピンを挿入することを特徴とする請求項1又は請求項2に記載の接合方法。 The joining method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein in the friction stirring step, the stirring pin is inserted into a central portion of the auxiliary member.
  4.  前記摩擦攪拌工程の際に、前記回転ツールの回転中心軸が通る予定位置を接合基準線と設定した場合、
     前記配置工程では、前記接合基準線に対して一方側にのみ前記補助部材を配置し、
     前記摩擦攪拌工程では、前記補助部材に前記バリが発生するように接合条件を設定することを特徴とする請求項2に記載の接合方法。
    In the case of the friction stirring step, when the planned position through which the rotation center axis of the rotary tool passes is set as a joining reference line,
    In the arrangement step, the auxiliary member is arranged only on one side with respect to the joining reference line,
    The joining method according to claim 2, wherein in the friction stirring step, joining conditions are set so that the burrs are generated in the auxiliary member.
  5.  前記摩擦攪拌工程の際に、前記回転ツールの回転中心軸が通る予定位置を接合基準線と設定した場合、
     前記配置工程及び摩擦攪拌工程では、前記接合基準線を跨ぐように前記補助部材を配置するとともに、
     前記接合基準線に対して一方側の前記補助部材に前記バリを発生させ、かつ、前記摩擦攪拌工程後に他方側に前記補助部材が残存しないように補助部材の配置位置及び接合条件を設定することを特徴とする請求項2に記載の接合方法。
    In the case of the friction stirring step, when the planned position through which the rotation center axis of the rotary tool passes is set as a joining reference line,
    In the arrangement step and the friction stirring step, the auxiliary member is arranged so as to straddle the joining reference line,
    Setting the position and joining conditions of the auxiliary member so that the burr is generated in the auxiliary member on one side with respect to the joining reference line, and the auxiliary member does not remain on the other side after the friction stirring step. The bonding method according to claim 2.
  6.  板状の第一金属部材の端面と、板状の第二金属部材の裏面とを突き合わせて突合せ部を形成する突合せ工程と、
     回転する仮接合用回転ツールの攪拌ピンのみを前記第一金属部材と前記第二金属部材とで構成される内隅に挿入し、前記内隅に沿ってスポット仮接合を行う仮接合工程と、
     回転する本接合用回転ツールを前記第二金属部材の表面側から挿入し、当該本接合用回転ツールの攪拌ピンのみを、前記第二金属部材、又は、前記第一金属部材及び前記第二金属部材の両方に接触させた状態で前記本接合用回転ツールを相対移動させて前記突合せ部を摩擦攪拌接合する本接合工程と、を含むことを特徴とする接合方法。
    A butting step of butting the end surface of the plate-like first metal member and the back surface of the plate-like second metal member to form a butting portion;
    A temporary bonding step of inserting only the stirring pin of the rotating rotary tool for temporary bonding into the inner corner constituted by the first metal member and the second metal member, and performing spot temporary bonding along the inner corner;
    The rotating tool for main joining to rotate is inserted from the surface side of the second metal member, and only the stirring pin of the rotating tool for main joining is used for the second metal member, or the first metal member and the second metal. And a main joining step in which the abutting portion is friction stir welded by relatively moving the main welding rotary tool in a state of contact with both members.
  7.  前記仮接合用回転ツールと前記本接合用回転ツールとが同一であることを特徴とする請求項6に記載の接合方法。 The joining method according to claim 6, wherein the temporary joining rotary tool and the final joining rotational tool are the same.
  8.  板状の第一金属部材の端面と、板状の第二金属部材の裏面とを突き合わせて突合せ部を形成する突合せ工程と、
     前記第一金属部材と前記第二金属部材とで構成される内隅に沿って溶接によるスポット仮接合を行う仮接合工程と、
     回転する本接合用回転ツールを前記第二金属部材の表面側から挿入し、当該本接合用回転ツールの攪拌ピンのみを、前記第二金属部材、又は、前記第一金属部材及び前記第二金属部材の両方に接触させた状態で前記本接合用回転ツールを相対移動させて前記突合せ部を摩擦攪拌接合する本接合工程と、を含むことを特徴とする接合方法。
    A butting step of butting the end surface of the plate-like first metal member and the back surface of the plate-like second metal member to form a butting portion;
    A temporary joining step of performing spot temporary joining by welding along an inner corner constituted by the first metal member and the second metal member;
    The rotating tool for main joining to rotate is inserted from the surface side of the second metal member, and only the stirring pin of the rotating tool for main joining is used for the second metal member, or the first metal member and the second metal. And a main joining step in which the abutting portion is friction stir welded by relatively moving the main welding rotary tool in a state of contact with both members.
  9.  前記溶接は、TIG溶接、MIG溶接又はレーザー溶接であることを特徴とする請求項8に記載の接合方法。 The joining method according to claim 8, wherein the welding is TIG welding, MIG welding, or laser welding.
  10.  板状を呈し裏面に凹溝を有する第一金属部材の前記凹溝に板状の第二金属部材の端面を挿入して端面を前記凹溝の底面に突き合わせて突合せ部を形成する突合せ工程と、
     前記第一金属部材の裏面と前記第二金属部材の側面とで形成される内隅に補助部材を配置する補助部材配置工程と、
     前記内隅から回転ツールの攪拌ピンを挿入し、前記回転ツールを前記内隅に沿って相対移動させて、内隅を摩擦攪拌接合する内隅摩擦攪拌工程と、
     前記第一金属部材の表面側から回転ツールの攪拌ピンを挿入し、前記回転ツールを前記凹溝に沿って相対移動させて、前記突合せ部を摩擦攪拌接合する突合部摩擦攪拌工程と、を含み、
     前記内隅摩擦攪拌工程において、前記攪拌ピンのみを前記第一金属部材、前記第二金属部材及び前記補助部材に接触させた状態で、前記内隅を摩擦攪拌接合し、
     前記突合部摩擦攪拌工程において、前記攪拌ピンを前記第一金属部材のみ、又は前記第一金属部材及び前記第二金属部材の両方に接触させた状態で、前記突合せ部を摩擦攪拌接合することを特徴とする接合方法。
    A butting step of forming an abutting portion by inserting an end face of the plate-like second metal member into the concave groove of the first metal member having a plate-like shape and having a concave groove on the back surface and butting the end face against the bottom surface of the concave groove; ,
    An auxiliary member arranging step of arranging an auxiliary member at an inner corner formed by the back surface of the first metal member and the side surface of the second metal member;
    An inner corner friction stirring step of inserting a stirring pin of a rotating tool from the inner corner, relatively moving the rotating tool along the inner corner, and friction stir welding the inner corner;
    An abutting portion friction agitation step of inserting a stirring pin of a rotating tool from the surface side of the first metal member, relatively moving the rotating tool along the concave groove, and friction agitating the abutting portion. ,
    In the inner corner friction stirring step, in the state where only the stirring pin is in contact with the first metal member, the second metal member and the auxiliary member, the inner corner is friction stir welded,
    In the butt portion friction stirring step, the butt portion is friction-stir welded in a state where the stirring pin is in contact with only the first metal member or both the first metal member and the second metal member. A characteristic joining method.
  11.  前記突合部摩擦攪拌工程において、前記回転ツールの攪拌ピンのみを前記第一金属部材の表面から挿入し、前記攪拌ピンのみを前記第一金属部材のみ、又は前記第一金属部材及び前記第二金属部材の両方に接触させた状態で、前記突合せ部を摩擦攪拌接合することを特徴とする請求項10に記載の接合方法。 In the abutting part friction stirring step, only the stirring pin of the rotary tool is inserted from the surface of the first metal member, and only the stirring pin is only the first metal member, or the first metal member and the second metal. The joining method according to claim 10, wherein the butted portion is friction stir welded in a state where both of the members are brought into contact with each other.
  12.  前記突合部摩擦攪拌工程において、前記回転ツールは、円柱状を呈するショルダ部と前記ショルダ部から垂下する攪拌ピンとを有し、前記ショルダ部の直径を前記凹溝の幅よりも小さく設定することを特徴とする請求項10に記載の接合方法。 In the abutting portion friction stirring step, the rotating tool includes a shoulder portion having a columnar shape and a stirring pin hanging from the shoulder portion, and the diameter of the shoulder portion is set smaller than the width of the concave groove. The joining method according to claim 10, characterized in that:
  13.  バリが形成された前記補助部材を前記第一金属部材又は前記第二金属部材から除去する除去工程を含むことを特徴とする請求項10に記載の接合方法。 The joining method according to claim 10, further comprising a removing step of removing the auxiliary member formed with burrs from the first metal member or the second metal member.
  14.  前記内隅摩擦攪拌工程では、摩擦攪拌接合で発生するバリが前記補助部材に形成されるように、前記回転ツールの接合条件を設定することを特徴とする請求項13に記載の接合方法。 14. The joining method according to claim 13, wherein, in the inner corner friction stirring step, a joining condition of the rotary tool is set so that burrs generated in the friction stir welding are formed on the auxiliary member.
  15.  板状を呈し裏面側の角部を切り欠いた第一金属部材の端面と板状を呈し裏面側の角部を切り欠いた第三金属部材の端面とを突き合わせて凹溝を有する第一突合せ部を形成するとともに、前記凹溝に板状の第二金属部材の端面を挿入して端面を前記凹溝の底面に突き合わせて第二突合せ部を形成する突合せ工程と、
     前記第一金属部材の裏面と前記第二金属部材の側面とで形成される内隅に補助部材を配置するとともに、前記第三金属部材の裏面と前記第二金属部材の側面とで形成される内隅に補助部材を配置する補助部材配置工程と、
     前記内隅から回転ツールの攪拌ピンを挿入し、前記回転ツールを前記内隅に沿って相対移動させて、前記内隅を摩擦攪拌接合する内隅摩擦攪拌工程と、
     前記第一金属部材の表面側及び前記第三金属部材の表面側から回転ツールの攪拌ピンを挿入し、前記回転ツールを前記凹溝に沿って相対移動させて、前記第一突合せ部及び前記第二突合せ部を摩擦攪拌接合する突合部摩擦攪拌工程と、を含み、
     前記内隅摩擦攪拌工程において、前記攪拌ピンのみを前記第一金属部材及び前記第三金属部材の何れか一方、前記第二金属部材並びに前記補助部材に接触させた状態で、前記内隅を摩擦攪拌接合し、
     前記突合部摩擦攪拌工程において、前記攪拌ピンを前記第一金属部材及び前記第三金属部材のみ、又は前記第一金属部材、前記第三金属部材及び前記第二金属部材に接触させた状態で、前記第一突合せ部及び前記第二突合せ部を摩擦攪拌接合することを特徴とする接合方法。
    A first butt having a concave groove by abutting the end surface of the first metal member having a plate shape and notching the corner portion on the back surface and the end surface of the third metal member having a plate shape and notched corner portion on the back surface side. A step of forming a second butted portion by inserting an end surface of a plate-like second metal member into the concave groove and abutting the end surface against the bottom surface of the concave groove,
    An auxiliary member is disposed at an inner corner formed by the back surface of the first metal member and the side surface of the second metal member, and is formed by the back surface of the third metal member and the side surface of the second metal member. An auxiliary member arranging step of arranging an auxiliary member in the inner corner;
    An inner corner friction stirring step of inserting a stirring pin of a rotating tool from the inner corner, relatively moving the rotating tool along the inner corner, and friction stir welding the inner corner;
    A stirring pin of a rotary tool is inserted from the surface side of the first metal member and the surface side of the third metal member, and the rotary tool is relatively moved along the concave groove, so that the first butting portion and the first metal A butt portion friction stirring step for friction stir welding the two butt portions,
    In the inner corner friction stirring step, the inner corner is rubbed with only the stirring pin in contact with either the first metal member or the third metal member, the second metal member, or the auxiliary member. Stir welding,
    In the butt portion friction stirring step, the stirring pin is in contact with only the first metal member and the third metal member, or in contact with the first metal member, the third metal member, and the second metal member. A joining method comprising friction stir welding of the first butting portion and the second butting portion.
  16.  前記突合部摩擦攪拌工程において、前記回転ツールの攪拌ピンのみを前記第一金属部材及び前記第三金属部材の表面から挿入し、前記攪拌ピンのみを前記第一金属部材及び前記第三金属部材のみ、又は前記第一金属部材、前記第三金属部材及び前記第二金属部材に接触させた状態で、前記第一突合せ部及び前記第二突合せ部を摩擦攪拌接合することを特徴とする請求項15に記載の接合方法。 In the abutting portion friction stirring step, only the stirring pin of the rotating tool is inserted from the surfaces of the first metal member and the third metal member, and only the stirring pin is only the first metal member and the third metal member. Or the friction stir welding of the first butted portion and the second butted portion in contact with the first metal member, the third metal member and the second metal member. The joining method described in 1.
  17.  前記突合部摩擦攪拌工程において、前記回転ツールは、円柱状を呈するショルダ部と前記ショルダ部から垂下する攪拌ピンとを有し、前記ショルダ部の直径を前記凹溝の幅よりも小さく設定することを特徴とする請求項15に記載の接合方法。 In the abutting portion friction stirring step, the rotating tool includes a shoulder portion having a columnar shape and a stirring pin hanging from the shoulder portion, and the diameter of the shoulder portion is set smaller than the width of the concave groove. The bonding method according to claim 15, characterized in that:
  18.  バリが形成された前記補助部材を前記第一金属部材、前記第二金属部材又は前記第三金属部材から除去する除去工程を含むことを特徴とする請求項15に記載の接合方法。 The joining method according to claim 15, further comprising a removing step of removing the auxiliary member on which the burr is formed from the first metal member, the second metal member, or the third metal member.
  19.  前記内隅摩擦攪拌工程では、摩擦攪拌接合で発生するバリが前記補助部材に形成されるように、前記回転ツールの接合条件を設定することを特徴とする請求項18に記載の接合方法。 19. The joining method according to claim 18, wherein, in the inner corner friction stirring step, joining conditions of the rotary tool are set so that burrs generated in the friction stir welding are formed on the auxiliary member.
  20.  攪拌ピンを備えた回転ツールを用いて第一金属部材と第二金属部材とを接合する接合方法であって、
     裏面に凹溝を有する前記第二金属部材の前記凹溝に、前記第一金属部材の端面を挿入して前記端面を前記凹溝の底面に突き合わせて突合せ部を形成する突合せ工程と、
     前記第二金属部材の表面のうち前記第一金属部材に対応する位置に補助部材を配置する配置工程と、
     回転する前記攪拌ピンを前記補助部材の表面側から挿入し、前記攪拌ピンのみを、前記第二金属部材及び前記補助部材、又は、前記第一金属部材、前記第二金属部材及び補助部材に接触させた状態で前記回転ツールを相対移動させて前記突合せ部を摩擦攪拌接合する摩擦攪拌工程と、を含むことを特徴とする接合方法。
    A joining method for joining the first metal member and the second metal member using a rotary tool equipped with a stirring pin,
    A butting step of inserting an end face of the first metal member into the recessed groove of the second metal member having a recessed groove on the back surface and butting the end face against the bottom surface of the recessed groove; and
    An arranging step of arranging an auxiliary member at a position corresponding to the first metal member of the surface of the second metal member;
    The rotating stirring pin is inserted from the surface side of the auxiliary member, and only the stirring pin contacts the second metal member and the auxiliary member, or the first metal member, the second metal member, and the auxiliary member. A friction stir process in which the rotating tool is moved relative to each other in a state of being brought into friction stir welding.
  21.  バリが形成された前記補助部材を前記第二金属部材から除去する除去工程を含むことを特徴とする請求項20に記載の接合方法。 21. The joining method according to claim 20, further comprising a removing step of removing the auxiliary member formed with burrs from the second metal member.
  22.  前記摩擦攪拌工程では、前記補助部材の中央部に前記攪拌ピンを挿入することを特徴とする請求項20又は請求項21に記載の接合方法。 The joining method according to claim 20 or 21, wherein in the friction stirring step, the stirring pin is inserted into a central portion of the auxiliary member.
  23.  前記摩擦攪拌工程の際に、前記回転ツールの回転中心軸が通る予定位置を接合基準線と設定した場合、
     前記配置工程では、前記接合基準線に対して一方側にのみ前記補助部材を配置し、
     前記摩擦攪拌工程では、前記補助部材に前記バリが発生するように接合条件を設定することを特徴とする請求項21に記載の接合方法。
    In the case of the friction stirring step, when the planned position through which the rotation center axis of the rotary tool passes is set as a joining reference line,
    In the arrangement step, the auxiliary member is arranged only on one side with respect to the joining reference line,
    The joining method according to claim 21, wherein in the friction stirring step, joining conditions are set so that the burrs are generated in the auxiliary member.
  24.  前記摩擦攪拌工程の際に、前記回転ツールの回転中心軸が通る予定位置を接合基準線と設定した場合、
     前記配置工程及び前記摩擦攪拌工程では、前記接合基準線を跨ぐように前記補助部材を配置するとともに、
     前記接合基準線に対して一方側の前記補助部材に前記バリを発生させ、かつ、前記摩擦攪拌工程後に他方側に前記補助部材が残存しないように補助部材の配置位置及び接合条件を設定することを特徴とする請求項21に記載の接合方法。
    In the case of the friction stirring step, when the planned position through which the rotation center axis of the rotary tool passes is set as a joining reference line,
    In the arrangement step and the friction stirring step, the auxiliary member is arranged to straddle the joining reference line,
    Setting the position and joining conditions of the auxiliary member so that the burr is generated in the auxiliary member on one side with respect to the joining reference line, and the auxiliary member does not remain on the other side after the friction stirring step. The bonding method according to claim 21, wherein:
  25.  攪拌ピンを備えた回転ツールを用いて第一金属部材と第二金属部材と第三金属部材とを接合する接合方法であって、
     板状を呈し裏面側の角部を切り欠いた前記第二金属部材の端面と板状を呈し裏面側の角部を切り欠いた前記第三金属部材の端面とを突き合わせて凹溝及び第一突合せ部を形成するとともに、前記凹溝に板状の前記第一金属部材の端面を挿入して端面を前記凹溝の底面に突き合わせて第二突合せ部を形成する突合せ工程と、
     前記第二金属部材と前記第三金属部材の表面のうち前記第一金属部材に対応する位置に補助部材を配置する配置工程と、
     前記補助部材の表面側から前記回転ツールの前記攪拌ピンを挿入し、前記回転ツールを前記凹溝に沿って相対移動させて、前記第一突合せ部及び前記第二突合せ部を摩擦攪拌接合する摩擦攪拌工程と、を含み、
     前記摩擦攪拌工程において、前記攪拌ピンのみを前記第二金属部材、前記第三金属部材及び前記補助部材、又は前記第二金属部材、前記第三金属部材、前記第一金属部材及び前記補助部材に接触させた状態で、前記第一突合せ部及び前記第二突合せ部を摩擦攪拌接合することを特徴とする接合方法。
    A joining method for joining the first metal member, the second metal member, and the third metal member using a rotary tool equipped with a stirring pin,
    The end face of the second metal member having a plate shape and notched corners on the back surface and the end surface of the third metal member having a plate shape and notched corners on the back surface are abutted with each other to form a groove and a first groove. A butting step of forming a butting portion and inserting a plate-like end surface of the first metal member into the groove and butting the end surface against the bottom surface of the groove to form a second butting portion;
    An arranging step of arranging an auxiliary member at a position corresponding to the first metal member among the surfaces of the second metal member and the third metal member;
    Friction that inserts the stirring pin of the rotary tool from the surface side of the auxiliary member and relatively moves the rotary tool along the concave groove to friction stir weld the first butting portion and the second butting portion. A stirring step,
    In the friction stirring step, only the stirring pin is applied to the second metal member, the third metal member, and the auxiliary member, or the second metal member, the third metal member, the first metal member, and the auxiliary member. The joining method, wherein the first butted portion and the second butted portion are friction stir welded in a contact state.
  26.  バリが形成された前記補助部材を前記第二金属部材及び前記第三金属部材から除去する除去工程を含むことを特徴とする請求項25に記載の接合方法。 26. The joining method according to claim 25, further comprising a removing step of removing the auxiliary member formed with burrs from the second metal member and the third metal member.
  27.  前記摩擦攪拌工程では、前記補助部材の中央部に前記攪拌ピンを挿入することを特徴とする請求項25又は請求項26に記載の接合方法。 27. The joining method according to claim 25 or claim 26, wherein in the friction stirring step, the stirring pin is inserted into a central portion of the auxiliary member.
  28.  前記配置工程では、前記第一突合せ部に対して一方側にのみ前記補助部材を配置し、
     前記摩擦攪拌工程では、前記補助部材に前記バリが発生するように接合条件を設定することを特徴とする請求項26に記載の接合方法。
    In the arranging step, the auxiliary member is arranged only on one side with respect to the first butting portion,
    27. The joining method according to claim 26, wherein in the friction stirring step, joining conditions are set so that the burrs are generated in the auxiliary member.
  29.  前記配置工程及び前記摩擦攪拌工程では、前記第一突合せ部を跨ぐように前記補助部材を配置するとともに、
     前記第一突合せ部に対して一方側の前記補助部材に前記バリを発生させ、かつ、前記摩擦攪拌工程後に他方側に前記補助部材が残存しないように補助部材の配置位置及び接合条件を設定することを特徴とする請求項26に記載の接合方法。
    In the arrangement step and the friction stirring step, the auxiliary member is arranged so as to straddle the first abutting portion,
    The position of the auxiliary member and the joining condition are set so that the burr is generated in the auxiliary member on one side with respect to the first butting portion, and the auxiliary member does not remain on the other side after the friction stirring step. The joining method according to claim 26, wherein:
  30.  板状を呈し裏面に凹溝を有する第二金属部材の前記凹溝に、板状の第一金属部材の端面を挿入して前記端面を前記凹溝の底面に突き合わせて突合せ部を形成する突合せ工程と、
     回転する仮接合用回転ツールの攪拌ピンのみを前記第一金属部材と前記第二金属部材とで構成される内隅に挿入し、前記内隅に沿ってスポット仮接合を行う仮接合工程と、
     回転する本接合用回転ツールを前記第二金属部材の表面側から挿入し、当該本接合用回転ツールの攪拌ピンのみを、前記第二金属部材、又は、前記第一金属部材及び前記第二金属部材の両方に接触させた状態で前記本接合用回転ツールを相対移動させて前記突合せ部を摩擦攪拌接合する本接合工程と、を含むことを特徴とする接合方法。
    A butt for forming a butt portion by inserting an end face of the plate-like first metal member into the concave groove of the second metal member having a plate shape and having a concave groove on the back surface and butting the end face against the bottom surface of the concave groove. Process,
    A temporary bonding step of inserting only the stirring pin of the rotating rotary tool for temporary bonding into the inner corner constituted by the first metal member and the second metal member, and performing spot temporary bonding along the inner corner;
    The rotating tool for main joining to rotate is inserted from the surface side of the second metal member, and only the stirring pin of the rotating tool for main joining is used for the second metal member, or the first metal member and the second metal. And a main joining step in which the abutting portion is friction stir welded by relatively moving the main welding rotary tool in a state of contact with both members.
  31.  板状を呈し裏面側の角部を切り欠いた第二金属部材の端面と板状を呈し裏面側の角部を切り欠いた第三金属部材の端面とを突き合わせて凹溝及び第一突合せ部を形成するとともに、前記凹溝に板状の第一金属部材の端面を挿入して端面を前記凹溝の底面に突き合わせて第二突合せ部を形成する突合せ工程と、
     回転する仮接合用回転ツールの攪拌ピンのみを前記第一金属部材と前記第二金属部材とで構成される内隅及び前記第一金属部材と前記第三金属部材とで構成される内隅に挿入し、前記内隅に沿ってスポット仮接合を行う仮接合工程と、
     回転する本接合用回転ツールを前記第二金属部材及び前記第三金属部材の表面側から挿入し、当該本接合用回転ツールの攪拌ピンのみを、前記第二金属部材及び前記第三金属部材、又は、前記第一金属部材、前記第二金属部材及び前記第三金属部材に接触させた状態で前記本接合用回転ツールを相対移動させて前記第一突合せ部及び前記第二突合せ部を摩擦攪拌接合する本接合工程と、を含むことを特徴とする接合方法。
    The end face of the second metal member having a plate shape and notched corners on the back surface and the end surface of the third metal member having a plate shape and notched corners on the back surface are abutted with each other to form a concave groove and a first abutting portion. And a butting step of inserting the end face of the plate-like first metal member into the concave groove and abutting the end face against the bottom surface of the concave groove to form a second abutting portion;
    Only the stirring pin of the rotating tool for temporary bonding that rotates is an inner corner composed of the first metal member and the second metal member and an inner corner composed of the first metal member and the third metal member. A temporary bonding step of inserting and performing spot temporary bonding along the inner corner;
    The rotating tool for main joining to rotate is inserted from the surface side of the second metal member and the third metal member, and only the stirring pin of the rotating tool for main joining is connected to the second metal member and the third metal member, Or, the first butting portion and the second butting portion are frictionally stirred by moving the main welding rotary tool relative to each other in contact with the first metal member, the second metal member and the third metal member. And a main joining step for joining.
  32.  前記仮接合用回転ツールと前記本接合用回転ツールとが同一であることを特徴とする請求項30又は請求項31に記載の接合方法。 32. The joining method according to claim 30 or 31, wherein the temporary joining rotary tool and the main joining rotational tool are the same.
  33.  板状を呈し裏面に凹溝を有する第二金属部材の前記凹溝に、板状の第一金属部材の端面を挿入して前記端面を前記凹溝の底面に突き合わせて突合せ部を形成する突合せ工程と、
     前記第一金属部材と前記第二金属部材とで構成される内隅に沿って溶接によるスポット仮接合を行う仮接合工程と、
     回転する本接合用回転ツールを前記第二金属部材の表面側から挿入し、当該本接合用回転ツールの攪拌ピンのみを、前記第二金属部材、又は、前記第一金属部材及び前記第二金属部材の両方に接触させた状態で前記本接合用回転ツールを相対移動させて前記突合せ部を摩擦攪拌接合する本接合工程と、を含むことを特徴とする接合方法。
    A butt for forming a butt portion by inserting an end face of the plate-like first metal member into the concave groove of the second metal member having a plate shape and having a concave groove on the back surface and butting the end face against the bottom surface of the concave groove. Process,
    A temporary joining step of performing spot temporary joining by welding along an inner corner constituted by the first metal member and the second metal member;
    The rotating tool for main joining to rotate is inserted from the surface side of the second metal member, and only the stirring pin of the rotating tool for main joining is used for the second metal member, or the first metal member and the second metal. And a main joining step in which the abutting portion is friction stir welded by relatively moving the main welding rotary tool in a state of contact with both members.
  34.  板状を呈し裏面側の角部を切り欠いた第二金属部材の端面と板状を呈し裏面側の角部を切り欠いた第三金属部材の端面とを突き合わせて凹溝及び第一突合せ部を形成するとともに、前記凹溝に板状の第一金属部材の端面を挿入して端面を前記凹溝の底面に突き合わせて第二突合せ部を形成する突合せ工程と、
     前記第一金属部材と前記第二金属部材とで構成される内隅及び前記第一金属部材と前記第三金属部材とで構成される内隅に沿って溶接によるスポット仮接合を行う仮接合工程と、
     回転する本接合用回転ツールを前記第二金属部材及び前記第三金属部材の表面側から挿入し、当該本接合用回転ツールの攪拌ピンのみを、前記第二金属部材及び前記第三金属部材、又は、前記第一金属部材、前記第二金属部材及び前記第三金属部材に接触させた状態で前記本接合用回転ツールを相対移動させて前記第一突合せ部及び前記第二突合せ部を摩擦攪拌接合する本接合工程と、を含むことを特徴とする接合方法。
    The end face of the second metal member having a plate shape and notched corners on the back surface and the end surface of the third metal member having a plate shape and notched corners on the back surface are abutted with each other to form a concave groove and a first abutting portion. And a butting step of inserting the end face of the plate-like first metal member into the concave groove and abutting the end face against the bottom surface of the concave groove to form a second abutting portion;
    Temporary joining step of spot spot joining by welding along an inner corner composed of the first metal member and the second metal member and an inner corner composed of the first metal member and the third metal member When,
    The rotating tool for main joining to rotate is inserted from the surface side of the second metal member and the third metal member, and only the stirring pin of the rotating tool for main joining is connected to the second metal member and the third metal member, Or, the first butting portion and the second butting portion are frictionally stirred by moving the main welding rotary tool relative to each other in contact with the first metal member, the second metal member and the third metal member. And a main joining step for joining.
  35.  前記溶接は、TIG溶接、MIG溶接又はレーザー溶接であることを特徴とする請求項33又は請求項34に記載の接合方法。 35. The joining method according to claim 33 or claim 34, wherein the welding is TIG welding, MIG welding or laser welding.
PCT/JP2017/020872 2016-06-20 2017-06-05 Joining method WO2017221684A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201780005943.5A CN108430687B (en) 2016-06-20 2017-06-05 Bonding method

Applications Claiming Priority (10)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2016121683A JP6662210B2 (en) 2016-06-20 2016-06-20 Joining method
JP2016-121683 2016-06-20
JP2016186433A JP2018051563A (en) 2016-09-26 2016-09-26 Joint method
JP2016-186433 2016-09-26
JP2016-239275 2016-12-09
JP2016239275A JP6809182B2 (en) 2016-12-09 2016-12-09 Joining method
JP2017000452A JP2018108595A (en) 2017-01-05 2017-01-05 Joining method
JP2017-000452 2017-01-05
JP2017011000A JP2018118275A (en) 2017-01-25 2017-01-25 Joining method
JP2017-011000 2017-01-25

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2017221684A1 true WO2017221684A1 (en) 2017-12-28

Family

ID=60783836

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2017/020872 WO2017221684A1 (en) 2016-06-20 2017-06-05 Joining method

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN108430687B (en)
WO (1) WO2017221684A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP7140036B2 (en) * 2019-04-12 2022-09-21 日本軽金属株式会社 Joining method
CN116551154A (en) * 2019-04-12 2023-08-08 日本轻金属株式会社 Bonding method
CN110587165B (en) * 2019-09-16 2021-02-05 辽宁石油化工大学 Composite welding method for aluminum and aluminum alloy section

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2007237187A (en) * 2006-03-06 2007-09-20 Nippon Sharyo Seizo Kaisha Ltd Method and apparatus for temporary soldering of friction stir welding
JP2013000755A (en) * 2011-06-14 2013-01-07 Hitachi Ltd High corrosion resistance plant equipment
JP2013049072A (en) * 2011-08-30 2013-03-14 Nippon Light Metal Co Ltd Friction stir welding method
WO2015114975A1 (en) * 2014-01-28 2015-08-06 日本軽金属株式会社 Friction stir welding method
JP2016078081A (en) * 2014-10-17 2016-05-16 日本軽金属株式会社 Friction stir welding method

Family Cites Families (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH10193143A (en) * 1997-01-17 1998-07-28 Showa Alum Corp Friction stirring welding method
KR20180083918A (en) * 2013-10-21 2018-07-23 니폰게이긴조쿠가부시키가이샤 Joining method
JP6036715B2 (en) * 2014-01-14 2016-11-30 日本軽金属株式会社 Manufacturing method of liquid cooling jacket
JP6479491B2 (en) * 2014-02-27 2019-03-06 株式会社東芝 Rotor coil manufacturing method and rotating electric machine
JP6248790B2 (en) * 2014-05-08 2017-12-20 日本軽金属株式会社 Friction stir welding method

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2007237187A (en) * 2006-03-06 2007-09-20 Nippon Sharyo Seizo Kaisha Ltd Method and apparatus for temporary soldering of friction stir welding
JP2013000755A (en) * 2011-06-14 2013-01-07 Hitachi Ltd High corrosion resistance plant equipment
JP2013049072A (en) * 2011-08-30 2013-03-14 Nippon Light Metal Co Ltd Friction stir welding method
WO2015114975A1 (en) * 2014-01-28 2015-08-06 日本軽金属株式会社 Friction stir welding method
JP2016078081A (en) * 2014-10-17 2016-05-16 日本軽金属株式会社 Friction stir welding method

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN108430687A (en) 2018-08-21
CN108430687B (en) 2020-10-27

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP6248790B2 (en) Friction stir welding method
JP6287751B2 (en) Friction stir welding method
WO2017221684A1 (en) Joining method
WO2013027532A1 (en) Friction stir welding method
JP2009148811A (en) Joining method
JP2015223609A (en) Frictional agitation joint method
JP5050674B2 (en) Joining method
JP2009136881A (en) Joining method
JP6414327B2 (en) Joining method
WO2018216248A1 (en) Welding method
JP6756105B2 (en) Joining method
JP6740964B2 (en) Joining method
JP2018094569A (en) Joint method
JP6658469B2 (en) Friction stir welding method
JP5803992B2 (en) Manufacturing method of heat transfer plate
JP2018051563A (en) Joint method
CN106794547B (en) Arc starting plate for friction stir welding and method for producing welding material
JP5023909B2 (en) Joining method
JP2018118275A (en) Joining method
JP2009172650A (en) Manufacturing method of joined structure
WO2019008787A1 (en) Joining method
JP2018176205A (en) Joining method
JP6750552B2 (en) Joining method
JP5518816B2 (en) Friction stir welding method
JP2018118281A (en) Joining method

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 17815153

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 17815153

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1